Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

OR

 

o          TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM       TO      .

 

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER:  000-26076

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

52-1494660

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

10706 Beaver Dam Road

Hunt Valley, MD 21030

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(410) 568-1500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Class A Common Stock, par value $ 0.01 per share

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o  No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer x

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o  No x

 

Based on the closing sales price of $1.94 per share as of June 30, 2009, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity of the Registrant held by non-affiliates was approximately $83.2 million.

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

Title of each class

 

Number of shares outstanding as of

February 26, 2010

Class A Common Stock

 

47,869,669

Class B Common Stock

 

31,997,859

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference - Portions of our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.  We anticipate that our Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.   

 

 

 


 


Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

4

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

4

 

 

 

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

22

 

 

 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

34

 

 

 

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

34

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

34

 

 

 

ITEM 4.

RESERVED

35

 

 

 

PART II

 

36

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

36

 

 

 

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

37

 

 

 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

39

 

 

 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

57

 

 

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

57

 

 

 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

58

 

 

 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

58

 

 

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

59

 

 

 

PART III

 

60

 

 

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

60

 

 

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

60

 

 

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

60

 

 

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

60

 

 

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

60

 

 

 

PART IV

 

61

 

 

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

61

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

64

 

2



Table of Contents

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This report includes or incorporates forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events.  These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, including, among other things, the following risks:

 

General risks

·                  the impact of changes in national, regional and international economies including the possibility of a secondary recession and tightening of the credit markets;

·                  consumer confidence;

·                  the activities of our competitors;

·                  terrorist acts of violence or war and other geopolitical events;

 

Industry risks

·                  the business conditions of our advertisers particularly in the automotive and service industries;

·                  competition with other broadcast television stations, radio stations, multi-channel video programming distributors (MVPDs) and internet and broadband content providers serving in the same markets;

·                  availability and cost of programming;

·                  the effects of governmental regulation of broadcasting or changes in those regulations and court actions interpreting those regulations, including ownership regulations, indecency regulations, retransmission regulations and political or other advertising restrictions and regulations such as the restrictions and regulations which may be imposed as a result of the current controversy surrounding pharmaceutical advertising;

·                  the continued viability of networks and syndicators that provide us with programming content;

·                  labor disputes and legislation and other union activity;

·                  the impact of the mandatory transition from analog to digital over-the-air broadcasting;

·                  the broadcasting community’s ability to develop a viable mobile digital broadcast television (mobile DTV) strategy and platform and consumer demand for mobile television;

·                  competition related to the potential implementation of regulations requiring MVPDs to carry low power television stations’ programming;

·                  the operation of low power devices in the broadcast spectrum, which could interfere with our broadcast signals;

·                  the effects of new ratings system technologies including “people meters”, and the ability of such technologies to be a reliable standard that can be used by advertisers;

 

Risks specific to us

·                  the effectiveness of our management;

·                  our ability to attract and maintain local and national advertising;

·                  our ability to successfully renegotiate retransmission consent agreements;

·                  our ability to renew our FCC licenses;

·                  our ability to maintain our affiliation agreements with our networks and at renewal, to successfully negotiate these agreements with favorable terms such as our ABC affiliation agreement which expired and was extended to March 31, 2010 while we continue negotiations;

·                  the impact of reverse network compensation payments made by us to networks pursuant to our affiliation agreements requiring compensation for network programming and the resulting negative effect on our operating results;

·                  the popularity of syndicated programming we purchase and network programming that we air;

·                  the strength of ratings for our local news broadcasts including our news sharing arrangements;

·                  changes in the makeup of the population in the areas where our stations are located;

·                  the successful execution of our multi-channel broadcasting initiatives including mobile DTV; and

·                  the results of prior year tax audits by taxing authorities.

 

Other matters set forth in this report and other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Risk Factors set forth in Item 1A of this report may also cause actual results in the future to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.  Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.  In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements discussed in this report might not occur.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.          BUSINESS

 

We are a diversified television broadcasting company that owns or provides certain programming, operating or sales services to more television stations than most other commercial broadcasting groups in the United States.  We currently own, provide programming and operating services pursuant to local marketing agreements (LMAs) or provide (or are provided) sales services pursuant to outsourcing agreements to 58 television stations in 35 markets.  For the purpose of this report, these 58 stations are referred to as “our” stations.

 

We have a mid-size market focus and 44 of our 58 stations are located in television designated market areas (DMAs) that rank between the 14th and 77th largest in the United States.  Our television station group is diverse in network affiliation: FOX (20 stations); MyNetworkTV (17 stations; as of September 2009 is no longer a network affiliation, however is branded as such); ABC (9 stations); The CW (9 stations); CBS (2 stations) and NBC (1 station).  Refer to our Markets and Stations table later in this section for more information.

 

We broadcast free over-the-air programming to television viewing audiences in the communities we serve through our local television stations.  The programming that we provide consists of network provided programs, news produced locally, local sporting events and syndicated entertainment programs.  We provide network produced programming, which we broadcast pursuant to our agreements with the network with which the stations are affiliated.  We produce news at 18 stations in 12 markets, including three stations where we produce news pursuant to a local news sharing arrangement with a competitive station in that market.  We have 10 stations which have local news sharing arrangements with a competitive station in that market that produces the news aired on our station.  We provide live local sporting events on many of our stations by acquiring the local television broadcast rights for these events.  Additionally, we purchase and barter for popular syndicated programming from third parties.  See Operating Strategy later in this Item for more information regarding the programming we provide.

 

Our primary source of revenue is the sale of commercial inventory on our television stations to our advertising customers.  Our objective is to meet the needs of our advertising customers by delivering significant audiences in key demographics.  Our strategy is to achieve this objective by providing quality local news programming and popular network and syndicated programs to our viewing audience.  We attract our national television advertisers through a single national marketing representation firm which has offices in New York City, Los Angeles, Chicago and Atlanta.  Our local television advertisers are attracted through the use of a local sales force at each of our television stations, which is comprised of approximately 320 account executives company-wide.

 

Over the last few years, we have been earning revenue from our retransmission consent agreements through payments from the MVPDs in our markets.  The MVPDs are local cable companies, satellite television and local telecommunication video providers.  The revenues primarily represent payments from the MVPDs for access to our digital signal so they may rebroadcast directly to and charge their subscribers.

 

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations.  The second and fourth quarter operating results are typically higher than the first and third quarters due to increased advertising revenues.  The second quarter operating results are typically higher than the first and third quarters primarily because advertising expenditures are increased in anticipation of consumer spending on “summer related” items such as home improvements, lawn care and travel plans.  The fourth quarter operating results are typically higher than first and third quarters due to anticipation of holiday season spending by consumers.  Due to the economic downturn in 2009, our seasonal fluctuations strayed from the norm and our second quarter net time sales, which includes the advertising portion of our local and national revenues were not higher than our first quarter results.  Our operating results are usually subject to cyclical fluctuations from political advertising.  In the past, political spending has been significantly higher in the even-number years due to the cyclicality of political advertising.  In addition, every four years, political spending is typically elevated further due to the advertising revenue preceding the presidential election.  Because of this cyclicality, there has been a significant difference in our operating results when comparing even-numbered years’ performance to the odd-numbered years’ performance.  We believe political advertising will continue to be a strong advertising category in our industry.  The Supreme Court’s recent decision to reverse restrictions on political advertising limits for corporations and unions is likely to increase the levels of political advertising. Additionally, as political-activism around social, political, economic and environmental causes continues to draw attention political advertising levels may increase further yet.

 

Over-the-air television broadcasting in the U.S. was scheduled to complete the transition from high power analog transmissions to digital transmissions on February 17, 2009; however, Congress extended this deadline to June 12, 2009.  In spite of this extension, Congress allowed broadcasters to petition the Federal Communications Commission (the FCC) for approval to maintain the original February 17, 2009 deadline.  We obtained approval from the FCC for 46 stations to maintain the February 17, 2009

 

4



Table of Contents

 

transition and successfully completed the transition.  The remaining 12 stations completed the transition by the June 12, 2009 deadline.

 

We continue to strategize on various potential uses of our digital spectrum.  In spite of the recent mandatory transition to digital encompassing significant cost, time and effort by broadcasters, the FCC is now considering whether the digital spectrum is best used by the television broadcasting industry.  The FCC is assessing whether some portion of the digital spectrum would be better used by wireless broadband or other mediums.  We continue to believe that mobile digital broadcast television (mobile DTV) holds a tremendous and efficient use of this digital spectrum and could provide a significant revenue stream to the television broadcasting industry.  We are a member of the Open Mobile Video Coalition (the Coalition), which is an alliance of U.S. commercial and public broadcasters formed to accelerate the development and rollout of mobile DTV products and services. The Coalition is committed to maximizing and developing the full potential of the digital television spectrum.  The Coalition working within the Advanced Television Systems Committee (ATSC), has developed a mobile broadcasting system that will allow cell phones, laptop computers, video screens in vehicles, portable video players and other portable devices to receive our digital signals.  Broadcasters are working with the Coalition to understand and develop an innovative and viable business model.  The Coalition is launching a consumer showcase in the Washington, D.C. area during the second quarter of 2010 in an effort to demonstrate and accelerate the advancement of mobile DTV.  We expect mobile DTV to increase our viewership; however, we are uncertain when this will occur.  Besides crisp, clear high-definition programming and mobile DTV, we use our digital spectrum through other multi-channel digital initiatives such as second channel broadcasting of thisTV, independent programming; THECOOLTV, a music video provider and Estrella TV, a Spanish-language television network.

 

2009 proved to be a difficult year for television broadcasting due to the severe economic recession, the decimation of the automotive industry - which historically has been our largest advertising category - and the lack of political advertising from an election year.  According to a December 22, 2009, BIA/Kelsey release, “The television industry will end 2009 with lower than expected revenues of $15.6 billion, a 22.4% decline from 2008…”  While our 2009 operating results fared better than the industry’s overall projected results, we were significantly impacted by the weak economic conditions.  Looking forward, we believe that 2010 will likely hold improvements in automotive advertising and increased political advertising spending.

 

We are a Maryland corporation formed in 1986.  Our principal offices are located at 10706 Beaver Dam Road, Hunt Valley, Maryland 21030.  Our telephone number is (410) 568-1500 and our website address is www.sbgi.net.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

TELEVISION BROADCASTING

Markets and Stations

 

We own and operate, provide programming services to, provide sales services to or have agreed to acquire the following television stations:

 

Market

 

Market
Rank (a)

 

Stations

 

Status (b)

 

Affiliation (c)

 

Station Rank
in Market (d)

 

Expiration Date
of FCC License

Tampa/St. Petersburg, Florida

 

14

 

WTTA

 

LMA (e)

 

MNT

 

6 of 9

 

2/01/13

Minneapolis/St. Paul, Minnesota

 

15

 

WUCW

 

O&O

 

CW

 

6 of 7

 

4/01/06 (f)(m)

St. Louis, Missouri

 

21

 

KDNL

 

O&O

 

ABC

 

4 of 7

 

2/01/14

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

 

23

 

WPGH

WPMY

 

O&O

O&O

 

FOX

MNT

 

4 of 8

5 of 8

 

8/01/15

8/01/15

Raleigh/Durham,North

Carolina

 

26

 

WLFL

WRDC

 

O&O

O&O

 

CW

MNT

 

5 of 7

6 of 7

 

12/01/04 (f)(m)

12/01/04 (f)(m)

Baltimore, Maryland

 

27

 

WBFF

WNUV

 

O&O

LMA (g)

 

FOX

CW

 

4 of 6

5 of 6

 

10/01/04 (f)(m)

10/01/12

Nashville, Tennessee

 

29

 

WZTV

WUXP

WNAB

 

O&O

O&O

OSA (h)

 

FOX

MNT

CW

 

4 of 8

5 of 8

6 of 8

 

8/01/13

8/01/13

8/01/13

Cincinnati, Ohio

 

33

 

WSTR

 

O&O

 

MNT

 

5 of 6

 

10/01/13

Columbus, Ohio

 

34

 

WSYX

WTTE

 

O&O

LMA (g)

 

ABC

FOX

 

2 of 7

4 of 7

 

10/01/13

10/01/05 (f)(m)

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

 

35

 

WCGV

WVTV

 

O&O

O&O

 

MNT

CW

 

5 of 9

6 of 9

 

12/01/05 (f)(m)

12/01/13

Asheville, North Carolina/

Greenville/Spartanburg/

Anderson, South Carolina

 

36

 

WLOS

WMYA

 

O&O

LMA (g)

 

ABC

MNT

 

3 of 8

5 of 8

 

12/01/04 (f)(m)

12/01/04 (f)

San Antonio, Texas

 

37

 

KABB

KMYS

 

O&O

O&O

 

FOX

MNT (n)

 

3 of 7

5 of 7

 

8/01/14

8/01/14

Birmingham, Alabama

 

40

 

WTTO

WABM

WDBB

 

O&O

O&O

LMA

 

CW

MNT

CW

 

5 of 8

6 of 8

5 of 8 (i)

 

4/01/05 (f)(m)

4/01/13

4/01/13

Las Vegas, Nevada

 

42

 

KVMY

KVCW

 

O&O

O&O

 

MNT

CW

 

5 of 7

6 of 7

 

10/01/14

10/01/14

Norfolk, Virginia

 

43

 

WTVZ

 

O&O

 

MNT

 

6 of 7

 

10/01/12

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

 

45

 

KOKH

KOCB

 

O&O

O&O

 

FOX

CW

 

4 of 9

5 of 9

 

6/01/14

6/01/14

Greensboro/Winston-Salem/

Highpoint, North Carolina

 

46

 

WXLV

WMYV

 

O&O

O&O

 

ABC

MNT

 

4 of 7

5 of 7

 

12/01/04 (f)(m)

12/01/04 (f)(m)

Buffalo, New York

 

52

 

WUTV

WNYO

 

O&O

O&O

 

FOX

MNT

 

4 of 7

6 of 7

 

6/01/15

6/01/15

Richmond, Virginia

 

58

 

WRLH

 

O&O

 

FOX

 

4 of 6

 

10/01/12

Mobile, Alabama/

Pensacola, Florida

 

60

 

WEAR

WFGX

 

O&O

O&O

 

ABC

MNT

 

2 of 9

8 of 9

 

2/01/13

2/01/13

Lexington, Kentucky

 

62

 

WDKY

 

O&O

 

FOX

 

4 of 8

 

8/01/13

Charleston/Huntington,

West Virginia

 

63

 

WCHS

WVAH

 

O&O

LMA (g)

 

ABC

FOX

 

2 of 6

4 of 6

 

10/01/12

10/01/04 (f)(m)

Dayton, Ohio

 

65

 

WKEF

WRGT

 

O&O

LMA (g)

 

ABC

FOX

 

2 of 6

4 of 6

 

10/01/13

10/01/05 (f)(m)

Flint/Saginaw/Bay City, Michigan

 

68

 

WSMH

 

O&O

 

FOX

 

4 of 7

 

10/01/13

Des Moines, Iowa

 

71

 

KDSM

 

O&O

 

FOX

 

4 of 6

 

2/01/14

Portland, Maine

 

77

 

WGME

 

O&O

 

CBS

 

2 of 6

 

4/01/15

Cape Girardeau, Missouri/

Paducah, Kentucky

 

78

 

KBSI

WDKA

 

O&O

LMA

 

FOX

MNT

 

4 of 7

5 of 7

 

2/01/14

8/01/13

Rochester, New York

 

80

 

WUHF

 

O&O (j)

 

FOX

 

3 of 6

 

6/01/15

Syracuse, New York

 

83

 

WSYT

WNYS

 

O&O

LMA

 

FOX

MNT

 

4 of 6

5 of 6

 

6/01/15

6/01/15

Springfield/Champaign, Illinois

 

84

 

WICS

WICD

 

O&O

O&O

 

ABC

ABC

 

2 of 6

2 of 6 (k)

 

12/01/05 (f)(m)

12/01/13

Madison, Wisconsin

 

85

 

WMSN

 

O&O

 

FOX

 

4 of 6

 

12/01/13

Cedar Rapids, Iowa

 

 

88

 

KGAN

KFXA

 

O&O

OSA (l)

 

CBS

FOX

 

3 of 5

4 of 5

 

2/01/06 (f)(m)

2/01/14

Charleston, South Carolina

 

97

 

WTAT

WMMP

 

LMA (g)

O&O

 

FOX

MNT

 

4 of 6

5 of 6

 

12/01/04 (f)

12/01/04 (f)

Tallahassee, Florida

 

106

 

WTWC

 

O&O

 

NBC

 

4 of 6

 

2/01/13

Peoria/Bloomington, Illinois

 

116

 

WYZZ

 

O&O (j)

 

FOX

 

4 of 6

 

12/01/13

 

6



Table of Contents

 


(a)          Rankings are based on the relative size of a station’s designated market area (DMA) among the 210 generally recognized DMAs in the United States as estimated by Nielsen as of November 2009.

 

(b)         “O & O” refers to stations that we own and operate.  “LMA” refers to stations to which we provide programming services pursuant to a local marketing agreement.  “OSA” refers to stations to which we provide or receive sales services pursuant to an outsourcing agreement.

 

(c)          When we negotiate the terms of our affiliation agreements with each network, we negotiate on behalf of all of our stations affiliated with that network simultaneously.  This results in substantially similar terms for our stations, including the expiration date of the affiliation agreement.  A summary of these expiration dates as of December 31, 2009 is as follows:

 

Affiliate

 

Expiration Date

FOX

 

19 of 20 agreements expire on March 6, 2012, except KFXA, which expires on June 30, 2010

MNT

 

All 17 agreements expired on September 26, 2009. Each of the stations which were affiliated with MyNetworkTV (MNT) entered into an arrangement, effective September 28, 2009, where a party related to MNT is providing such stations with programming for two years.

ABC

 

All 8 agreements were scheduled to expire on December 31, 2009. As of the date of this filing we are continuing negotiations with ABC.

CW

 

All 9 agreements expire on August 31, 2011

CBS

 

Both agreements expire on December 31, 2012

NBC

 

Agreement expires on December 31, 2016

 

(d)         The first number represents the rank of each station in its market and is based upon the November 2009 Nielsen estimates of the percentage of persons tuned into each station in the market from 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., Monday through Sunday.  The second number represents the estimated number of television stations designated by Nielsen as “local” to the DMA, excluding public television stations and stations that do not meet the minimum Nielsen reporting standards (weekly cumulative audience of at least 0.1%) for the Monday through Sunday 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. time period as of November 2009.  This information is provided to us in a summary report by Katz Television Group.

 

(e)          The license assets for this station are currently owned by Bay Television, Inc., a related party.  See Note 11. Related Person Transactions, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

 

(f)            We, or subsidiaries of Cunningham Broadcasting Company (Cunningham), timely filed applications for renewal of these licenses with the FCC.  Unrelated third parties have filed petitions to deny or informal objections against such applications.  We opposed the petitions to deny and the informal objections and those applications are pending.  See Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

 

(g)         The license assets for these stations are currently owned by a subsidiary of Cunningham.

 

(h)         We have entered into an outsourcing agreement with the unrelated third party owner of WNAB-TV to provide certain non-programming related sales, operational and administrative services to WNAB-TV. On July 21, 2005, we filed with the FCC an application to acquire the license television broadcast assets of WNAB-TV in Nashville, Tennessee.   The Rainbow/PUSH Coalition (“Rainbow/PUSH”) filed a petition to deny that application and also requested that the FCC initiate a hearing to investigate whether WNAB-TV was improperly operated with WZTV-TV and WUXP-TV, two of our stations also located in Nashville.  The FCC is in the process of considering the transfer of the broadcast license and we believe the Rainbow/PUSH petition has no merit.

 

(i)             WDBB-TV simulcasts the programming broadcast on WTTO-TV pursuant to a programming services agreement.  The station rank applies to the combined viewership of these stations.

 

(j)             We have entered into outsourcing agreements with unrelated third parties, under which the unrelated third parties provide certain non-programming related sales, operational and managerial services to these stations.  We continue to own all of the assets of these stations and to program and control each station’s operations.

 

(k)          WICD-TV, a satellite of WICS-TV under FCC rules, simulcasts all of the programming aired on WICS-TV except the news broadcasts.  WICD-TV airs its own news broadcasts.  The station rank applies to the combined viewership of these stations.

 

(l)             On February 1, 2008, we entered into an outsourcing agreement with the unrelated third party owner of KFXA-TV to provide certain non-programming related sales, operational and administrative services to KFXA-TV. During 2008, we entered into an agreement with an unrelated third party for the right to acquire the FCC license of KFXA-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, pending FCC approval, for $1.9 million.

 

(m)       We timely filed applications for renewal of these licenses with the FCC. Unrelated third parties have filed informal objections against the stations based on alleged violations of either the FCC’s sponsorship identification or indecency rules.

 

(n)         On February 12, 2010, we entered into a network affiliation agreement with the CW to provide programming to KMYS-TV in San Antonio, Texas which will expire on August 31, 2011.  Effective September 1, 2010 KMYS-TV will switch from MyNetworkTV to the CW.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Operating Strategy

 

Our operating strategy includes the following elements:

 

Programming to Attract Viewership.  We seek to target our programming offerings to attract viewership, to meet the needs of the communities in which we serve and to meet the needs of our advertising customers.  In pursuit of this strategy, we seek to obtain, at attractive prices, popular syndicated programming that is complementary to each station’s network programming.  We also seek to broadcast live local and national sporting events that would appeal to a large segment of the local community.  Moreover, we produce news at 18 stations in 12 markets, including three stations which have a local news sharing agreement with a competitive station in that market.  We have 10 stations which have local news sharing arrangements with a competitive station in that market, which produces the news aired on our station.

 

Attract and Retain High Quality Management.  We believe that much of our success is due to our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and motivated managers at both the corporate and local station levels.  We provide a combination of base salary, long-term incentive compensation and, where appropriate, cash bonus pay designed to be competitive with comparable employers in the television broadcast industry.  A significant portion of the compensation available to our Chief Operating Officer, sales vice presidents, group managers, general managers, sales managers and other station managers is based on their exceeding certain operating results.  We also provide some of our corporate and station managers with deferred compensation plans and equity awards.

 

Developing Local Franchises.  We believe the greatest opportunity for a sustainable and growing customer base lies within our local communities.  Therefore, we have focused on developing a strong local sales force at each of our television stations, which is comprised of approximately 320 account executives company-wide.  Excluding political advertising revenue, 69.4% of our net time sales were local for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 68.2% in 2008.  Market share survey results reflect that our stations’ share of the local television advertising market, in 2009 increased to 19.0% from 18.7% in 2008.  Our goal is to grow our local revenues by increasing our market share and by developing new business opportunities.

 

Local News.  We believe that the production and broadcasting of local news is an important link to the community and an aid to a station’s efforts to expand its viewership.  In addition, local news programming can provide access to advertising sources targeted specifically to local news viewers.  We assess the anticipated benefits and costs of producing local news prior to the introduction of local news at our stations because a significant investment in capital equipment is required and substantial operating expenses are incurred in introducing, developing and producing local news programming.  We also continuously review the performance of our existing news operations to make sure they are economically viable.  We have upgraded several of our markets to provide high—definition (HD).  As future financial conditions warrant, we will continue to roll out this capability to our other news producing markets.

 

Our local news initiatives are an important part of our strategy that has resulted in our entering into 13 local news sharing arrangements with other television broadcasters.  We are the provider of news services in three instances while in 10 of our news share arrangements, we are the recipient of services.  We believe news share arrangements generally provide both higher viewer ratings and revenues for the station receiving the news and generate a profit for the news share provider.  Generally, both parties and the local community are beneficiaries of these arrangements.

 

Developing New Business.  We are always striving to develop new business models to complement or enhance our existing television broadcast business.  We have developed new ways to bundle online and mobile text messaging advertising with our traditional commercial broadcasting model.  We plan to continue to expand our efforts in this area.  In addition, we are working on various potential uses of our digital spectrum including developing a viable business platform for mobile DTV.  We continue to explore new opportunities and plan to implement new initiatives in 2010.

 

Retransmission Consent Agreements.  We have retransmission consent agreements with MVPDs, such as cable, satellite and telecommunications operators in our markets.  MVPDs compensate us for the right to retransmit our broadcast signals.  Our successful negotiations with MVPDs have created agreements that now produce meaningful sustainable revenue streams.

 

Ownership Duopolies and Utilization of Local Marketing Agreements.  We have sought to increase our revenues and improve our margins through the ownership of two stations in a single market, called a duopoly, and by providing programming services pursuant to a LMA to a second station in eight DMAs where we already own one station.  Duopolies and LMAs allow us to realize significant economies of scale in marketing, programming, overhead and capital expenditures.  We also believe these arrangements enable us to air popular programming and contribute to the diversity of programming within each DMA.  Although under the FCC ownership rules released in June 2003 (the 2003 Rules), we would be allowed to continue to program most of the stations with which we have a LMA, in the absence of a waiver, the 2003 Rules would require us to terminate or modify three of our LMAs.  Although there can be no assurances, we have studied the application of the 2003 Rules to our markets and believe we are qualified for waivers.  Under

 

8


 


Table of Contents

 

the ownership rules established in 2008, we may be required to terminate or modify three more of our LMAs that we executed after November 5, 1996.  We also may be required to terminate or modify three other LMAs that we executed prior to November 5, 1996, if the FCC subsequently initiates a case-by-case review of those LMAs and determines not to extend the grandfathering period.  For additional information, refer to Risk Factors - Changes in Rules on Television Ownership, and Risk Factors - The FCC’s multiple ownership rules limit our ability to operate multiple television stations in some markets and may result in a reduction in our revenue or prevent us from reducing costs.  Changes in these rules may threaten our existing strategic approach to certain television markets.

 

Use of Outsourcing Agreements/Joint Sales Agreements (JSAs).  In addition to our LMAs, we operate under four (and may seek opportunities for additional) outsourcing agreements in which our stations provide or are provided various non-programming related services such as sales, operational and managerial services to or by other stations.  Pursuant to these agreements, our stations in Nashville, Tennessee and Cedar Rapids, Iowa provide services to another station in each’s respective market and another party provides services to our stations in Peoria/Bloomington, Illinois and Rochester, New York.  We believe the outsourcing structure allows stations to achieve operational efficiencies and economies of scale, which should improve broadcast cash flow and competitive positions.  While television JSAs are not currently “attributable”, as that term is defined by the FCC, on August 2, 2004, the FCC released a notice of proposed rulemaking seeking comments on its tentative conclusion that television joint sales agreements should be attributable.  We cannot predict the outcome of this proceeding, nor can we predict how many changes, together with possible changes to ownership rules, would apply to our existing outsourcing agreements.  See the Local Marketing Agreements under the Federal Regulation of Television Broadcasting section below.

 

Multi-Channel Digital Broadcasting.  FCC rules allow broadcasters to transmit additional digital channels within the spectrum allocated to each FCC license holder.  This provides viewers with additional programming alternatives at no additional cost to them.  Five of our television stations are broadcasting a second digital channel in accordance with these rules, airing various alternative programming formats.  We are airing a secondary digital channel comprised of thisTV independent programming in one market and Estrella TV, a Spanish-language television network in another market.  In the three other markets, we are broadcasting thisTV in combination with MyNetworkTV programming.  In 2010, we entered into an agreement to start airing THECOOLTV, a music video provider, in 34 of our markets.  In addition, as noted below, we believe mobile DTV will serve as an additional use of our digital spectrum.

 

We may consider other alternative programming formats that we could air using our multi-channel digital spectrum space with the goal towards achieving higher profits and community service.

 

Mobile Digital Broadcast Television (mobile DTV).  We are a founding member of the Open Mobile Video Coalition (the Coalition).  The Coalition is an alliance of U.S. commercial and public broadcasters formed to accelerate the development and rollout of mobile DTV products and services. The Coalition is committed to maximizing and developing the full potential of the digital television spectrum.  We believe mobile DTV will quickly provide for a viable use of our local stations’ programming.   The Coalition, working within the Advanced Television Systems Committee (ATSC), has developed a mobile broadcasting standard that allows digital television to be broadcast to numerous mobile devices including cell phones, laptop computers, video screens in vehicles, portable video players and other portable devices.  In order to receive mobile DTV signals, these mobile devices require a mobile DTV receiver.  We believe that the technical ability to receive our television broadcast content on mobile devices will be attractive to individuals.  The Coalition plans to launch a consumer showcase in the Washington, D.C. area beginning the second quarter of 2010 in an effort to demonstrate and accelerate the advancement of mobile DTV.  We believe this technology, if successfully implemented, could create an entirely new revenue stream for television broadcasters.  With the technology and business strategy in process, the Coalition continues to refine its plans to launch mobile DTV services in 28 markets reaching more than 35.0% of U.S. Households.  We expect to participate in the initial launch of this service by broadcasting mobile DTV beginning with 5 of our stations in key markets.  We will gauge our plans on the successes of these first markets, and deploy within remaining markets accordingly.  Due to the complexity of the technology, the disparate competitive interests in developing underlying technology standardization, the availability of other competing technologies, the number of stakeholders involved including cellular network operators, and the ability to reach agreements on intellectual property rights there are risks associated with successfully monetizing this platform.

 

Control of Operating and Programming Costs.  By employing a disciplined approach to managing programming acquisition and other costs, we have been able to achieve operating margins that we believe are very competitive within the television broadcast industry.  We believe our national reach of approximately 22% of the country provides us with a strong position to negotiate with programming providers and, as a result, the opportunity to purchase high quality programming at more favorable prices.  Moreover, we emphasize control of each of our station’s programming and operating costs through program-specific profit analysis, detailed budgeting, regionalization of staff and detailed long-term planning models.

 

Popular Sporting Events.  Our CW and MyNetworkTV stations generally face fewer preemption restrictions on broadcasting live local sporting events compared with our FOX, ABC, CBS and NBC stations, which are required to broadcast a greater number of hours of programming supplied by the networks.  At some of our stations, we have been able to acquire local television broadcast

 

9



Table of Contents

 

rights for certain sporting events, including NBA basketball, Major League Baseball, NFL football, NHL hockey, ACC basketball and both Big Ten and SEC football and basketball and high school sports.  We seek to expand our sports broadcasting in DMAs as profitable opportunities arise.  In addition, our stations that are affiliated with FOX, ABC, CBS and NBC have network arrangements to broadcast certain NBA basketball games, Major League Baseball games, NFL football games, NHL hockey games and NASCAR races, as well as other popular sporting events.

 

Strategic Realignment of Station Portfolio.  We continue to examine our television station group portfolio in light of the 2003 Rules.  For a summary of these rules, refer to Ownership Matters, discussed in the Federal Regulation of Television Broadcasting.  Our objective has been to build our local franchises in the markets we deem strategic.  We routinely review and conduct investigations of potential television station acquisitions, dispositions and station swaps.  At any given time, we may be in discussions with one or more television station owners.  For more information related to station sales, see Note 12. Discontinued Operations, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Investments.  As in the past, we continue to seek more ways to diversify our business and return additional value to our shareholders.  We carry investments in various companies from different industries including sign design and fabrication, and security alarm monitoring and bulk acquisition.  In addition, we invest in various real estate ventures including developmental land and apartment and shopping complexes.  We also invest in private equity and structure debt and mezzanine financing investment funds.  Currently operating results from our investments represent a small portion of our overall operating results.  Activity related to our investments is included in our other operating divisions segment.

 

FEDERAL REGULATION OF TELEVISION BROADCASTING

 

The ownership, operation and sale of television stations are subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC, which acts under the authority granted by the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the Communications Act).  Among other things, the FCC assigns frequency bands for broadcasting; determines the particular frequencies, locations and operating power of stations; issues, renews, revokes and modifies station licenses; regulates equipment used by stations; adopts and implements regulations and policies that directly or indirectly affect the ownership, operation and employment practices of stations; and has the power to impose penalties for violations of its rules or the Communications Act.

 

The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the 1996 Act) and specific FCC regulations and policies.  Reference should be made to the Communications Act, the 1996 Act, FCC rules and the public notices and rulings of the FCC for further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of broadcast stations.

 

License Grant and Renewal

 

Television stations operate pursuant to broadcasting licenses that are granted by the FCC for maximum terms of eight years and are subject to renewal upon application to the FCC.  During certain periods when renewal applications are pending, petitions to deny license renewals can be filed by interested parties, including members of the public.  The FCC will generally grant a renewal application if it finds:

 

·                  that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity;

 

·                  that there have been no serious violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or the rules and regulations of the FCC; and

 

·                  that there have been no other violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or the rules and regulations of the FCC that, when taken together, would constitute a pattern of misconduct.

 

All of the stations that we currently own and operate or provide programming services or sales services to, pursuant to LMAs or other agreements, are presently operating under regular licenses, which expire as to each station on the dates set forth under Television Broadcasting above.  Although renewal of a license is granted in the vast majority of cases even when petitions to deny are filed, there can be no assurance that the license of any station will be renewed.

 

In 2004, we filed with the FCC an application for the license renewal of WBFF-TV in Baltimore, Maryland.  Subsequently, an individual named Richard D’Amato filed a petition to deny the application.  In 2004, we also filed with the FCC applications for the license renewal of television stations: WXLV-TV, Winston-Salem, North Carolina; WMYV-TV, Greensboro, North Carolina; WLFL-TV, Raleigh/Durham, North Carolina; WRDC-TV, Raleigh/Durham, North Carolina; WLOS-TV, Asheville, North Carolina and WMMP-TV, Charleston, South Carolina.  An organization calling itself “Free Press” filed a petition to deny the

 

10



Table of Contents

 

renewal applications of these stations and also the renewal applications of two other stations in those markets, which we program pursuant to LMAs: WTAT-TV, Charleston, South Carolina and WMYA-TV, Anderson, South Carolina.  Several individuals and an organization named “Sinclair Media Watch” also filed informal objections to the license renewal applications of WLOS-TV and WMYA-TV, raising essentially the same arguments presented in the Free Press petition.  The FCC is in the process of considering these renewal applications and we believe the objections have no merit.

 

On July 21, 2005, we filed with the FCC an application to acquire the license television broadcast assets of WNAB-TV in Nashville, Tennessee.   The Rainbow/PUSH Coalition (Rainbow/PUSH) filed a petition to deny that application and also requested that the FCC initiate a hearing to investigate whether WNAB-TV was improperly operated with WZTV-TV and WUXP-TV, two of our stations located in the same market as WNAB-TV.  The FCC is in the process of considering the transfer of the broadcast license and we believe the Rainbow/PUSH petition has no merit.

 

On August 1, 2005, we filed applications with the FCC requesting renewal of the broadcast licenses for WICS-TV and WICD-TV in Springfield/Champaign, Illinois.  Subsequently, various viewers filed informal objections requesting that the FCC deny these renewal applications.  On September 30, 2005, we filed an application with the FCC for the renewal of the broadcast license for KGAN-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa.  On December 28, 2005, an organization calling itself “Iowans for Better Local Television” filed a petition to deny that application.  In April 2009, the FCC granted the license renewal application for WICD-TV and KGAN-TV.  The FCC is in the process of considering the WICS-TV renewal applications and we believe the objections and petitions requesting denial have no merit.

 

On August 1, 2005, we filed applications with the FCC requesting renewal of the broadcast licenses for WCGV-TV and WVTV-TV in Milwaukee, Wisconsin.  On November 1, 2005, the Milwaukee Public Interest Media Coalition filed a petition to deny these renewal applications.  On June 13, 2007, the Video Division of the FCC denied the petition to deny, and subsequently, the Milwaukee Public Interest Media Coalition filed a petition for reconsideration of that decision, which we opposed.  In July 2008, the Video Division granted the renewal application of WVTV-TV and separately denied the Milwaukee Public Interest Media Coalition’s petition for reconsideration.  On August 11, 2008, the Milwaukee Public Interest Media Coalition and another organization filed another petition for reconsideration of the decision, which we opposed.  On January 12, 2010, the FCC dismissed the second petition for reconsideration.  The WCGV-TV renewal of license application remains pending.

 

On February 27, 2006, an individual named James Pennino purportedly filed a petition to deny the license renewal application of WUCW-TV in Minneapolis, Minnesota.  Despite not having found any official record of the filing, we opposed the petition and the renewal application is pending.

 

On March 29, 2007, we filed an application with the FCC requesting renewal of the broadcast license for WPMY-TV in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.  On October 14, 2008, the FCC issued a letter admonishing WPMY-TV for broadcasting an episode of a children’s program provided by the WB Network that contained a commercial in which the image of the program’s main character was visible, in violation of the FCC’s children’s programming regulations.  In April 2009, the FCC granted the license renewal application.

 

Action on many license renewal applications, including those we have filed, has been delayed because of the pendency of complaints that programming aired by the various networks contained indecent material and complaints regarding alleged violations of sponsorship identification rules.  We cannot predict when the FCC will address these complaints and act on the renewal applications.  We continue to have operating authority until final action is taken on our renewal applications.

 

The FCC has made it difficult for us to predict the impact on our license renewals from allegations related to the airing of indecent material that may arise in the ordinary course of our business.  For example, on Veterans’ Day in November 2004, we preempted (did not air) “Saving Private Ryan”, a program that was aired during ABC’s network programming time.  We were concerned that since the program contained the use of the “F-word” (indecent material as defined by the FCC) airing the programming could result in a fine or other negative consequences for one or more of our ABC stations.  In February 2005, the FCC dismissed all complaints filed against ABC stations regarding this program.  The FCC’s decision justified what some may consider indecent material as appropriate in the context of the program.  Although this ruling has expanded the programming opportunities of our stations, it still leaves us at risk because what might be determined as legitimate context by us may not be deemed so by the FCC and the FCC will not rule beforehand as this may be considered a restriction of free speech.  For example, in September 2006, we preempted a CBS network documentary on the events that happened on September 11, 2001 because the program contained what some have argued is indecent material and the FCC would not provide, in advance of the airing of the documentary, any guidance on whether that material was appropriate in the context of the program.  In 2007, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit held that the FCC’s indecency policy regarding “fleeting expletives” was arbitrary and capricious when the FCC determined that “fleeting expletives” aired during the Golden Globes and Billboard Music Awards violated its indecency rules.  The FCC challenged the decision and the case was argued before the Supreme Court in November 2008.  Also in 2008 the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit rejected an FCC decision concluding, among other things, that a fleeting display of

 

11



Table of Contents

 

nudity during the Superbowl halftime show was indecent.  On April 28, 2009, the Supreme Court overturned the Golden Globes and Billboard Music Awards decision of the Second Circuit and held that the FCC had adequately justified its departure from prior decisions in determining that it could sanction a station for a single “F-word” or “S-word” broadcast on that station.  However, the Supreme Court also remanded the case back to the Second Circuit for further consideration to resolve any First Amendment Constitutional issues raised by the FCC’s enforcement policy.  On May 16, 2009, the Supreme Court remanded the Superbowl halftime show case to the Third Circuit in order to consider the impact of the Supreme Court’s Golden Globes and Billboard Music Awards decision and to consider the same First Amendment issues that were remanded to the Second Circuit.  Additionally, other FCC indecency decisions have been challenged in federal appellate courts, and those cases are pending.  These decisions and the FCC’s unclear policy make it difficult for us to determine what may be indecent programming.

 

Ownership Matters

 

General.  The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of a broadcast license or the transfer of control of a broadcast license without the prior approval of the FCC.  In determining whether to permit the assignment or transfer of control of, or the grant or renewal of, a broadcast license, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the licensee, including compliance with various rules limiting common ownership of media properties, the “character” of the licensee and those persons holding “attributable” interests in that licensee and compliance with the Communications Act’s limitations on alien ownership.

 

To obtain the FCC’s prior consent to assign a broadcast license or transfer control of a broadcast license, appropriate applications must be filed with the FCC.  If the application involves a “substantial change” in ownership or control, the application must be placed on public notice for a period of approximately 30 days during which petitions to deny the application may be filed by interested parties, including members of the public.  If the application does not involve a “substantial change” in ownership or control, it is a “pro forma” application.  The “pro forma” application is not subject to petitions to deny or a mandatory waiting period, but is nevertheless subject to having informal objections filed against it.  If the FCC grants an assignment or transfer application, interested parties have approximately 30 days from public notice of the grant to seek reconsideration or review of the grant.  Generally, parties that do not file initial petitions to deny, or informal objections against the application, face difficulty in seeking reconsideration or review of the grant.  The FCC normally has an additional 10 days to set aside such grant on its own motion.  When passing on an assignment or transfer application, the FCC is prohibited from considering whether the public interest might be served by an assignment or transfer to any party other than the assignee or transferee specified in the application.

 

The FCC generally applies its ownership limits to “attributable” interests held by an individual, corporation, partnership or other association.  In the case of corporations holding, or through subsidiaries controlling, broadcast licenses, the interests of officers, directors and those who, directly or indirectly, have the right to vote 5% or more of the corporation’s stock (or 20% or more of such stock in the case of insurance companies, investment companies and bank trust departments that are passive investors) are generally attributable.  In August 1999, the FCC revised its attribution and multiple ownership rules and adopted the equity-debt-plus rule that causes certain creditors or investors to be attributable owners of a station.  Under this rule, a major programming supplier (any programming supplier that provides more than 15% of the station’s weekly programming hours) or same-market media entity will be an attributable owner of a station if the supplier or same-market media entity holds debt or equity, or both, in the station that is greater than 33% of the value of the station’s total debt plus equity.  For the purposes of this rule, equity includes all stock, whether voting or non-voting, and equity held by insulated limited partners in partnerships.  Debt includes all liabilities whether long-term or short-term.  In addition, LMAs are attributable where a licensee owns a television station and programs more than 15% of another television station in the same market.

 

The Communications Act prohibits the issuance of a broadcast license to, or the holding of a broadcast license by, any corporation of which more than 20% of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by non-U. S. citizens or their representatives or by a foreign government or a representative thereof, or by any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country (collectively, aliens).  The Communications Act also authorizes the FCC, if the FCC determines that it would be in the public interest, to prohibit the issuance of a broadcast license to, or the holding of a broadcast license by, any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than 25% of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens.  The FCC has issued interpretations of existing law under which these restrictions in modified form apply to other forms of business organizations, including partnerships.

 

As a result of these provisions, the licenses granted to our subsidiaries by the FCC could be revoked if, among other restrictions imposed by the FCC, more than 25% of our stock were directly or indirectly owned or voted by aliens.  Sinclair and its subsidiaries are domestic corporations, and the members of the Smith family (who together hold approximately 87.0% of the common voting rights of Sinclair) are all United States citizens.  Our amended and restated Articles of Incorporation (the Amended Certificate) contain limitations on alien ownership and control that are substantially similar to those contained in the Communications Act.  Pursuant to the Amended Certificate, we have the right to repurchase alien-owned shares at their fair market value to the extent necessary, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, to comply with the alien ownership restrictions.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

In February 2008, the FCC released a Report and Order that, with the exception of the newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule, essentially re-adopts the ownership rules the FCC originally introduced in 1999 and has enforced since then.

 

The relevant 2008 ownership rules are as follows:

 

Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule.  The FCC’s radio/television cross-ownership rule (the “one to a market” rule) generally permits a party to own a combination of up to two television stations and six radio stations in the same market, depending on the number of independent media voices in the market.

 

Newspaper/Broadcast Cross-Ownership Rule.  The FCC’s rule generally prohibits the common ownership of a radio or television broadcast station and a daily newspaper in the same market.  However, the FCC will presume that, in the top 20 DMAs, it is not inconsistent with the public interest for one entity to own a daily newspaper and a radio station or, under the following circumstances, a daily newspaper and a television station if: (1) the television station is not ranked among the top-four stations in the DMA and (2) at least eight independent “major media voices” remain in the DMA.  The FCC will presume that all other newspaper/broadcast mergers are not in the public interest, but it will allow applicants to seek a waiver and rebut this presumption by clear and convincing evidence that, post-merger, the merged entity will increase the diversity of independent news outlets and increase competition among independent news sources in the relevant market.

 

Dual Network Rule.  The four major television networks, FOX, ABC, CBS and NBC, are prohibited, absent a waiver, from merging with each other.  In May 2001, the FCC amended its dual network rule to permit the four major television networks to own, operate, maintain or control other television networks, such as The CW or MyNetworkTV.

 

National Ownership Rule.  As of 2004, by statute, the national television viewing audience reach cap is 39%.  Under this rule, where an individual or entity has an attributable interest in more than one television station in a market, the percentage of the national television viewing audience encompassed within that market is only counted once.  Additionally, since historically, very high frequency, or VHF stations (channels 2 through 13) have shared a larger portion of the market than ultra high frequency, or UHF stations (channels 14 through 69), only half of the households in the market area of any UHF station are included when calculating an entity’s national television viewing audience (commonly referred to as the UHF discount). Due to the elimination of the analog signal and switch to digital in 2009, the FCC has indicated that it may institute a future proceeding to assess whether it should alter or eliminate the UHF discount.

 

All but three of the stations we own and operate, or to which we provide programming services, are UHF.  We reach approximately 22.0% of U. S. television households or 11.3% taking into account the FCC’s UHF discount.

 

Local Television (Duopoly) Rule.  A party may own television stations in adjoining markets, even if there is Grade B (discussed below) overlap between the two stations’ broadcast signals and generally may own two stations in the same market:

 

·                  if there is no Grade B overlap between the stations; or

 

·                  if the market containing both the stations will contain at least eight independently owned full-power television stations post-merger (the eight voices test) and not more than one station is among the top-four ranked stations in the market.

 

In addition, a party may request a waiver of the rule to acquire a second or third station in the market if the station to be acquired is economically distressed or not yet constructed and there is no party who does not own a local television station who would purchase the station for a reasonable price.

 

There are three grades of service for traditional television broadcasts, City (strongest), Grade A and Grade B (least strong); and the signal decreases in strength the further away the viewer is from the broadcast antenna tower.  Generally, it is not as easy for viewers with properly installed outdoor antennas to receive a Grade B signal, as it is to receive a Grade A or City Grade signal.

 

Antitrust Regulation.  The Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Federal Trade Commission have increased their scrutiny of the television industry since the adoption of the 1996 Act and have reviewed matters related to the concentration of ownership within markets (including LMAs) even when ownership or the LMA in question is permitted under the laws administered by the FCC or by FCC rules and regulations.  The DOJ takes the position that an LMA entered into in anticipation of a station’s acquisition with the proposed buyer of the station constitutes a change in beneficial ownership of the station which, if subject to filing under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Anti Trust Improvements Act, cannot be implemented until the waiting period required by that statute has ended or been terminated.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Expansion of our broadcast operations on both a local and national level will continue to be subject to the FCC’s ownership rules, DOJ review and any changes the FCC or Congress may adopt.  At the same time, any further relaxation of the FCC’s ownership rules, which could occur if the rules adopted in 2008 are declared unenforceable, may increase the level of competition in one or more markets in which our stations are located, more specifically to the extent that any of our competitors may have greater resources and thereby may be in a superior position to take advantage of such changes.  Conversely, any such relaxation or invalidation of such rules may provide us the opportunity to expand should we have the resources and find the terms advantageous.

 

Local Marketing Agreements

 

Certain of our stations have entered into what have commonly been referred to as local marketing agreements or LMAs.  One typical type of LMA is a programming agreement between two separately owned television stations serving the same market, whereby the licensee of one station programs substantial portions of the broadcast day and sells advertising time during such programming segments on the other licensee’s station subject to the ultimate editorial and other controls being exercised by the latter licensee.  We believe these arrangements allow us to reduce our operating expenses and enhance profitability.

 

In 1999, the FCC established a new local television ownership rule and decided to attribute LMAs for ownership purposes.  It grandfathered our LMAs that were entered into prior to November 5, 1996, permitting the applicable stations to continue operations pursuant to the LMAs until the conclusion of the FCC’s 2004 biennial review.  The FCC stated it would conduct a case-by-case review of grandfathered LMAs and assess the appropriateness of extending the grandfathering periods.  Subsequently, the FCC invited comments as to whether, instead of beginning the review of the grandfathered LMAs in 2004, it should do so in 2006.  The FCC did not initiate any review of grandfathered LMAs in 2004 or as part of its 2006 quadrennial review.  We do not know when, or if, the FCC will conduct any such review of grandfathered LMAs.  With respect to LMAs executed on or after November 5, 1996, the FCC required that parties come into compliance with the 1999 local television ownership rule by August 6, 2001.  We challenged the 1999 local television ownership rule in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit, and that court stayed the enforcement of the divestiture of the post-November 5, 1996 LMAs.  In 2002, the D.C. Circuit ruled in Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. v. F.C.C., 284 F.3d 114 (D.C. Cir. 2002) that the 1999 local television ownership rule was arbitrary and capricious and remanded the rule to the FCC.

 

In 2003, the FCC revised its ownership rules, including the local television ownership rule. The effective date of the 2003 ownership rules was stayed by the U. S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and the rules were remanded to the FCC.  Because the effective date of the 2003 ownership rules had been stayed and, in connection with the adoption of those rules, the FCC concluded the 1999 rules could not be justified as necessary in the public interest, we took the position that an issue exists regarding whether the FCC has any current legal right to enforce any rules prohibiting the acquisition of television stations.  Several parties, including us, filed petitions with the Supreme Court of the United States seeking review of the Third Circuit decision, but the Supreme Court denied the petitions in June 2005.

 

In July 2006, as part of the FCC’s statutorily required quadrennial review of its media ownership rules, the FCC released a Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making seeking comment on how to address the issues raised by the Third Circuit’s decision, among other things, remanding the local television ownership rule.  In February 2008, the FCC released an order containing its current ownership rules, which re-adopted its 1999 local television ownership rule.  On February 29, 2008, several parties, including us, separately filed petitions for review in a number of federal appellate courts challenging the FCC’s current ownership rules.  By lottery, those petitions were consolidated in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.  In July 2008, several parties, including us, filed motions to transfer the consolidated proceedings to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit and other parties requested transfer to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit.  In November 2008, the Ninth Circuit transferred the consolidated proceedings to the Third Circuit and the proceedings are pending.

 

On November 15, 1999, we entered into a plan and agreement of merger to acquire through merger WMYA-TV (formerly WBSC-TV) in Anderson, South Carolina from Cunningham Broadcasting Corporation (Cunningham), but that transaction was denied by the FCC.  In light of the change in the 2003 ownership rules, we filed a petition for reconsideration with the FCC and amended our application to acquire the license of WMYA-TV.  We also filed applications in November 2003 to acquire the license assets of the remaining five Cunningham stations: WRGT-TV, Dayton, Ohio; WTAT-TV, Charleston, South Carolina; WVAH-TV, Charleston, West Virginia; WNUV-TV, Baltimore, Maryland; and WTTE-TV, Columbus, Ohio.  Rainbow/PUSH filed a petition to deny these five applications and to revoke all of our licenses.  The FCC dismissed our applications in light of the stay of the 2003 ownership rules and also denied the Rainbow/PUSH petition.  Rainbow/PUSH filed a petition for reconsideration of that denial and we filed an application for review of the dismissal.  In 2005, we filed a petition with the U. S. Court of Appeals for the D. C. Circuit requesting that the Court direct the FCC to take final action on our applications, but that petition was dismissed.  On January 6, 2006, we submitted a motion to the FCC requesting that it take final action on our applications.  The applications and the associated petition to deny are still pending.  We believe the Rainbow/PUSH petition is without merit.  On February 8, 2008, we filed a petition with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit requesting that the Court direct the FCC to act on our assignment applications and cease its use of the 1999 local television ownership rule that it re-adopted as the permanent rule in

 

14



Table of Contents

 

2008.  In July 2008, the D.C. Circuit transferred the case to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, and we filed a petition with the D.C. Circuit challenging that decision, which was denied.  We also filed with the Ninth Circuit a motion to transfer that case back to the D.C. Circuit.  In November 2008, the Ninth Circuit consolidated our petition seeking final FCC action on our applications with the petitions challenging the FCC’s current ownership rules and transferred the consolidated proceedings to the Third Circuit.  In December 2008, we agreed voluntarily with the parties to our proceeding to dismiss our petition seeking final FCC action on our applications.  We may refile our petition in the future, depending on the outcome of the Third Circuit proceedings.  We have also entered into six LMAs with Cunningham and are dependent upon these LMAs for a significant portion of our revenues.  Any termination or impairment of these LMAs would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

The Satellite Home Viewer Act (SHVA), The Satellite Home Viewer Improvement Act (SHVIA) and the Satellite Home Viewer Extension and Reauthorization Act (SHVERA)

 

In 1988, Congress enacted the Satellite Home Viewer Act (SHVA), which enabled satellite carriers to provide broadcast programming to those satellite subscribers who were unable to obtain broadcast network programming over-the-air.  SHVA did not permit satellite carriers to retransmit local broadcast television signals directly to their subscribers.  The Satellite Home Viewer Improvement Act of 1999 (SHVIA) revised SHVA to reflect changes in the satellite and broadcasting industry.  This legislation allowed satellite carriers, until December 31, 2004, to provide local television signals by satellite within a station market, and effective January 1, 2002, required satellite carriers to carry all local signals in any market where they carry any local signals.  On or before July 1, 2001, SHVIA required all television stations to elect to exercise certain “must carry” or “retransmission consent” rights in connection with their carriage by satellite carriers.  We have entered into compensation agreements granting the two primary satellite carriers retransmission consent to carry all our stations.  In December 2004, President Bush signed into law the Satellite Home Viewer Extension and Reauthorization Act (SHVERA).  SHVERA extended, until December 31, 2009, the rights of broadcasters and satellite carriers under SHVIA to retransmit local television signals by satellite.  On February 9, 2009, a bill was introduced in the House of Representatives to extend this deadline for one year after enactment of the bill, which remains pending.  SHVERA also authorized satellite delivery of distant network signals, significantly viewed signals and local low-power television station signals into local markets under defined circumstances.  With respect to digital signals, SHVERA established a process to allow satellite carriers to retransmit distant network signals and significantly viewed signals to subscribers under certain circumstances.  In November 2005, the FCC completed a rulemaking proceeding enabling the satellite carriage of “significantly viewed” signals.  In December 2005, the FCC concluded a study, as required by SHVERA, regarding the applicable technical standards for determining when a subscriber may receive a distant digital network signal.  The carriage of programming from two network stations to a local market on the same satellite system could result in a decline in viewership of the local network station, adversely impacting the revenues of our affected owned and programmed stations.  Congress extended SHVERA until March 28, 2010.

 

Must Carry/Retransmission Consent

 

Pursuant to the Cable Act of 1992, television broadcasters are required to make triennial elections to exercise either certain “must-carry” or “retransmission consent” rights in connection with their carriage by cable systems in each broadcaster’s local market.  Prior to October 1, 2008 we elected retransmission consent with respect to all our stations for the period January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2011.  By electing the must-carry rights, a broadcaster demands carriage and receives a specific channel on cable systems within its DMA, in general, as defined by the Nielsen DMA Market and Demographic Rank Report of the prior year.  These must-carry rights are not absolute and their exercise is dependent on variables such as:

 

·                  the number of activated channels on a cable system;

 

·                  the location and size of a cable system; and

 

·                  the amount of programming on a broadcast station that duplicates the programming of another broadcast station carried by the cable system.

 

Therefore, under certain circumstances, a cable system may decline to carry a given station.  Alternatively, if a broadcaster chooses to exercise retransmission consent rights, it can prohibit cable systems from carrying its signal or grant the appropriate cable system the authority to retransmit the broadcast signal for a fee or other consideration.  The FCC has clarified that cable systems need only carry a broadcast station’s primary video stream and not any of the station’s other programming streams in those situations where a station chooses to transmit multiple programming streams.

 

Many of the viewers of our television stations receive the signal of the stations via MVPDs.  MVPDs generally transmit our signals pursuant to permission granted by us in retransmission consent agreements.  A portion of these retransmission consent agreements expired in 2009.  There can be no assurance that future negotiations of these agreements will be advantageous to us or that we or the MVPDs might not determine to terminate some or all of these agreements.  A termination of our retransmission

 

15



Table of Contents

 

consent agreements would make it more difficult for our viewers to watch our programming and could result in lower ratings and a negative financial impact on us.  There can be no assurances that we will be able to negotiate mutually acceptable retransmission consent agreements in the future relating to the carriage of our digital signals.  However, we believe that as these agreements expire we will be able to negotiate terms as favorable as or more favorable than the existing agreements.

 

Syndicated Exclusivity/Territorial Exclusivity

 

The FCC’s syndicated exclusivity rules allow local broadcast television stations to demand that cable operators black out syndicated non-network programming carried on “distant signals” (i.e. signals of broadcast stations, including so-called “superstations”, which serve areas substantially removed from the cable systems’ local community).  The FCC’s network non-duplication rules allow local broadcast, network affiliated stations to require that cable operators black out duplicate network programming carried on distant signals.  However, in a number of markets in which we own or program stations affiliated with a network, a station that is affiliated with the same network in a nearby market is carried on cable systems in our markets.  This is not necessarily a violation of the FCC’s network non-duplication rules.  However, the carriage of two network stations on the same cable system could result in a decline of viewership, adversely affecting the revenues of our owned or programmed stations.

 

Digital Television

 

The FCC has taken a number of steps to implement digital television (DTV) broadcasting services and has ruled that television broadcast licensees may use their digital channels for a wide variety of services such as HD television, multiple standard definition television programming, audio, data and other types of communications, subject to the requirement that each broadcaster provide at least one free video channel equal in quality to the current technical standard and further subject to the requirement that broadcasters pay a fee of 5% of gross revenues from any DTV ancillary or supplementary service for which there is a subscription fee or for which the licensee receives a fee from a third party.

 

DTV channels are generally located in the range of channels from channel 2 through channel 51.  All commercial stations were required to begin digital broadcasting on May 1, 2002.  In 2005, Congress passed legislation establishing a hard deadline of February 17, 2009 by which broadcasters were required to cease using their analog channel.  On February 4, 2009, Congress passed the “DTV Delay Act” that extended the date for the completion of the DTV transition from February 17, 2009 to June 12, 2009.  As of February 16, 2010 all but five of the television stations we own or to which we provide services are operating on authorized post-transition digital facilities.  The remaining five stations are operating pursuant to Tolling Requests filed with the FCC in order to extend the expiration date of their construction permits and to allow digital operations at variance from authorized post-transition facilities.  There can be no assurance that the FCC will grant the Tolling Requests or will grant subsequent construction permit or license applications filed by the stations.  As a result, there is no guarantee that the stations will ultimately be able to commence operations using the specific facilities required by the FCC for the stations’ post-transition facilities.  If the stations are unable to do so, they could be subject to loss of interference protection, possible FCC enforcement action, and potential reductions in population service areas and potentially reduced viewership.

 

We operate our television stations at different power levels pursuant to our FCC licenses, applicable permits or special temporary authority granted by the FCC.  The following table is a summary of our operating status as of February 16, 2010:

 

DTV Operating Status

 

# of Stations

 

Operating with approved digital license, at full power

 

28

 

Operating at full power, pending license approval

 

14

 

Operating at low power with special temporary authority

 

4

 

LMA/JSA stations operating with approved digital license, at full power

 

6

 

LMA/JSA stations operating at full power, pending license approval

 

5

 

LMA/JSA at low power with special temporary authority

 

1

 

 

 

58

 

 

Implementation of digital television has imposed substantial additional costs on our television stations because of the need to replace equipment.  There can be no assurance that our television stations will be able to increase revenue to offset such costs.  In addition, the FCC has proposed imposing new public interest requirements on television licensees in exchange for their receipt of DTV channels.

 

We believe that the following developments regarding the FCC’s digital regulations may have effects on us:

 

Reclamation of analog channels.  Analog broadcasters were required to cease operation on their assigned analog spectrum by June 12, 2009.  The FCC reclaimed this spectrum from broadcasters and made it available to the entities that have been assigned the spectrum through FCC auctions.  The FCC envisions that the reclaimed band will be used for a variety of

 

16



Table of Contents

 

broadcast-type applications including two-way interactive services and services using Coded Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing technology.  We cannot predict how the development of this spectrum will affect our television operations.

 

Digital must-carry.  In February 2005, the FCC adopted an order stating that cable television systems are required to carry a must-carry station’s primary video stream but is not required to carry any of the station’s other programming streams in those situations where a station chooses to transmit multiple programming streams.  On September 11, 2007, the FCC adopted an order requiring, after the digital transition, all cable operators to make the primary digital stream of must-carry television stations viewable by all cable subscribers, regardless of whether they are using analog or digital television equipment.  The FCC indicated that it would consider requests for a waiver of this requirement by small cable system operators, where compliance with that requirement would be unduly burdensome.  Grant of any such waiver to a small cable system operator in a market in which we operate could result in a loss of viewers for our station(s) in that market, which could negatively impact station revenues.  In September 2008, the FCC issued an order exempting cable systems that either have 2,500 or fewer subscribers and are not affiliated with a large cable operator, or have an activated channel capacity of 552 MHz or less from the requirement to carry HD versions of broadcast signals for three years following the DTV transition.  The inability of our stations to have HD signals carried on such cable systems could result in a loss of viewers for the stations and negatively impact station revenues.  In March 2008, the FCC adopted an order requiring satellite carriers to carry digital-only stations upon request in markets in which the satellite carriers are providing local-into-local service pursuant to the statutory copyright license.  The FCC also required that satellite carriers carry the HD signals of digital-only stations in HD format if any broadcaster in the same market is carried in HD.  This latter requirement is being implemented over a four-year phase-in period which started in February 2009.  Accordingly, until February 2013, satellite carriers will be permitted in a certain percentage of markets to choose what HD signals it will carry.  Any impairment on viewers’ ability to obtain our digital HD signals retransmitted by satellite in markets in which we operate could result in a loss of viewers for those stations and could negatively impact station revenues.  In the associated notice of proposed rulemaking released with the order, the FCC invited comments on, among other things, whether satellite carriers should be required to carry the signals of all local broadcast stations in HD and standard definition (SD) if the carriers retransmit the signals of any local station in the same market in both HD and SD and whether satellite carriers must make the primary digital stream of must-carry stations viewable by all subscribers, regardless of whether those subscribers are using analog or digital television equipment.

 

Multi-Channel Digital Broadcasting.  FCC rules allow broadcasters to transmit additional digital channels within the spectrum allocated to each FCC license holder.  This provides viewers with additional programming alternatives at no additional cost to them.  Five of our television stations are experimenting with broadcasting a second digital channel in accordance with these rules, airing various alternative programming formats.  We are airing a secondary digital channel comprised of thisTV independent programming in one market and Estrella TV, a Spanish-language television network in another market.  In the three other markets, we are broadcasting thisTV in combination with MyNetworkTV programming.  In 2010, we entered into an agreement to start airing THECOOLTV, a music video provider, in 34 of our markets.

 

We may consider other alternative programming formats that we could air using our multi-channel digital spectrum space with the goal towards achieving higher profits and community service.

 

Capital and operating costs.  We have incurred and will continue to incur costs to replace equipment in our stations in order to provide digital television.

 

Children’s programming.  In 2004, the FCC established children’s educational and informational programming obligations for digital multicast broadcasters and placed restrictions on the increasing commercialization of children’s programming on both analog and digital broadcast and cable television systems.  In addition to imposing its limit as to the amount of commercial matter in children’s programming (10.5 minutes per hour on weekends and 12 minutes per hour on weekdays) on all digital or video programming, free or pay, directed to children 12 years old and younger, the FCC also mandated that digital broadcasters air an additional half hour of “core” children’s programming for every 28-hour block of free video programming provided in addition to the main DTV program stream.  The additional core children’s programming requirement for digital broadcasters took effect on January 2, 2007.

 

Emergency Alert System.  In November 2005, the FCC adopted an order requiring that digital broadcasters comply with the FCC’s present Emergency Alert System (EAS) rules.  It also issued a further notice of proposed rulemaking seeking comments on what actions the FCC should take to expedite the development of a digitally based public alert and warning system.  On July 12, 2007, the FCC adopted an order allowing mandatory use of EAS by state governments and requiring that all EAS participants, including television broadcasters, be able to receive messages formatted pursuant to a procedure to be adopted by the Federal Emergency Management Agency.  In a further notice, the FCC invited comments on, among other things, how the EAS rules could be modified to ensure that non-English speakers and persons with disabilities are

 

17



Table of Contents

 

reached by EAS messages and whether local, county, tribal, or other state governmental entities should be allowed to initiate mandatory state and local alerts.  On January 12, 2010, the FCC adopted a Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking proposing to amend its rules governing EAS to provide for national testing of the EAS and to collect data from such tests from broadcast stations.  The proceeding remains pending.  Any additional EAS requirements on broadcasters could increase our costs.

 

Restrictions on Broadcast Programming

 

Advertising of cigarettes and certain other tobacco products on broadcast stations has been banned for many years.  Various states also restrict the advertising of alcoholic beverages and, from time to time, certain members of Congress have contemplated legislation to place restrictions on the advertisement of such alcoholic beverages.  FCC rules also restrict the amount and type of advertising which can appear in a program broadcast primarily for an audience of children 12 years old and younger.  In addition, the Federal Trade Commission issued guidelines in December 2003 and continues to provide advice to help media outlets voluntarily screen out weight loss product advertisements that are misleading.

 

The Communications Act and FCC rules also place restrictions on the broadcasting of advertisements by legally qualified candidates for elective office.  Those restrictions state that:

 

·                  stations must provide “reasonable access” for the purchase of time by legally qualified candidates for federal office;

 

·                  stations must provide “equal opportunities” for the purchase of equivalent amounts of comparable broadcast time by opposing candidates for the same elective office; and

 

·                  during the 45 days preceding a primary or primary run-off election and during the 60 days preceding a general or special election, legally qualified candidates for elective office may be charged no more than the station’s “lowest unit charge” for the same class and amount of time for the same period.

 

It is a violation of federal law and FCC regulations to broadcast obscene, indecent, or profane programming.  FCC licensees are, in general, responsible for the content of their broadcast programming, including that supplied by television networks.  Accordingly, there is a risk of being fined as a result of our broadcast programming, including network programming.  As a result of legislation passed in June 2006, the maximum forfeiture amount for the broadcast of indecent or obscene material was increased to $325,000 from $32,500 for each violation with a cap of $3.0 million for any single act.

 

Programming and Operation

 

General.  The Communications Act requires broadcasters to serve the “public interest.”  The FCC has relaxed or eliminated many of the more formalized procedures it had developed in the past to promote the broadcast of certain types of programming responsive to the needs of a station’s community of license.  FCC licensees continue to be required, however, to present programming that is responsive to the needs and interests of their communities and to maintain certain records demonstrating such responsiveness.  Complaints from viewers concerning a station’s programming may be considered by the FCC when it evaluates renewal applications of a licensee, although such complaints may be filed at any time and generally may be considered by the FCC at any time.  Stations also must pay regulatory and application fees and follow various rules promulgated under the Communications Act that regulate, among other things, political advertising, sponsorship identifications, obscene and indecent broadcasts and technical operations, including limits on radio frequency radiation.

 

In 2000, the FCC initiated a rulemaking proceeding to determine whether its requirements pertaining to television stations’ public inspection files were sufficient to ensure that the public had adequate access to information on how stations were serving their communities.  In February 2008, the FCC released an order adopting a standardized form for the quarterly reporting of programming aired in response to issues facing a station’s community and imposed a requirement that portions of each station’s public inspection file be placed on the Internet.  We believe that we are materially in compliance with FCC requirements.

 

Equal Employment Opportunity.  On November 20, 2002, the FCC adopted rules, effective March 10, 2003, requiring licensees to create equal employment opportunity outreach programs and maintain records and make filings with the FCC evidencing such efforts.  The FCC simultaneously released a notice of proposed rulemaking seeking comments on whether and how to apply these rules and policies to part-time positions, defined as less than 30 hours per week.  That rulemaking is still pending.

 

18


 


Table of Contents

 

Children’s Television Programming.  Television stations are required to broadcast a minimum of three hours per week of “core” children’s educational programming, which the FCC defines as programming that:

 

·                  has the significant purpose of serving the educational and informational needs of children 16 years of age and under;

 

·                  is regularly scheduled weekly and at least 30 minutes in duration; and

 

·                  is aired between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. local time.

 

In addition, the FCC concluded that starting on January 2, 2007, a digital broadcaster must air an additional half hour of “core” children’s programming per every increment of 1 to 28 hours of free video programming provided in addition to the main DTV program stream.  Furthermore, “core” children’s educational programs, in order to qualify as such, are required to be identified as educational and informational programs over-the-air at the time they are broadcast and are required to be identified in the children’s programming reports, which are required to be placed quarterly in stations’ public inspection files and filed quarterly with the FCC.

 

On April 17, 2007, the FCC requested comments on the status of children’s television programming and compliance with the Children’s Television Act and the FCC’s rules.  That proceeding is still pending.

 

Violent Programming.  In 2004, the FCC initiated a notice of inquiry seeking comments on issues relating to the presentation of violent programming on television and its impact on children.  On April 25, 2007, the FCC released a report concluding that there is strong evidence that exposure to violence in the media can increase aggressive behavior in children, at least in the short term.  Accordingly, the FCC concluded that it would be in the public interest to regulate such programming and Congress could do so consistent with the First Amendment.  As possible solutions, the FCC suggested, among other things, a voluntary industry initiative to reduce the amount of excessively violent programming viewed by children and also proposed several viewer-initiated blocking proposals, such as the provision of video channels by multi-channel video programming distributors on family tiers or on an a la carte basis.

 

Television Program Content.  The television industry has developed an FCC approved ratings system that is designed to provide parents with information regarding the content of the programming being aired.  Furthermore, the FCC requires certain television sets to include the so-called “V-chip”, a computer chip that allows the blocking of rated programming.  It is a violation of federal law and FCC regulations to broadcast obscene or indecent programming.  FCC licensees are, in general, responsible for the content of their broadcast programming, including that supplied by television networks.  Accordingly, there is a risk of being fined as a result of our broadcast programming, including network programming.

 

Localism.  In 2004, the FCC initiated a notice of inquiry seeking comments on what actions, if any, it should take to ensure that licensees air programming that is responsive to the interests and needs of their communities.  In January 2008, the FCC released a notice of proposed rulemaking proposing, among other things, to require licensees to establish permanent advisory boards and to modify the FCC’s renewal application processing guidelines to ensure that all broadcasters provide some locally oriented programming.  The FCC also proposed to require all stations to maintain their main studios within the boundaries of their communities of license and to have employees physically present at those studios during all hours of operation.  Additionally, the FCC proposed to grant Class A status to additional low-power television stations, providing such stations additional interference protection from full-power television stations and requiring such stations to provide local programming.

 

Closed Captioning.  Effective January 1, 2006, all new nonexempt analog and digital English language programming was required to be captioned.  In November 2008, the FCC issued a declaratory ruling clarifying certain closed captioning obligations for stations transmitting digital programming, including the obligation to transmit captions in analog standard after the DTV transition and simplifying the close captioning complaint process for consumers.

 

DTV Consumer Education Initiative.  On March 3, 2008, the FCC released an order requiring, among other things, that each full-power television station provide to its viewers, through compliance with one of several alternative sets of rules, certain on-air information about the transition to DTV.  Each station is also required to report its activities in this regard to the FCC and place such reports in its public inspection file.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Pending Matters

 

Congress and the FCC have under consideration and in the future may consider and adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could affect, directly or indirectly, the operation, ownership and profitability of our broadcast stations, result in the loss of audience share and advertising revenues for our broadcast stations and affect our ability to acquire additional broadcast stations or finance such acquisitions.

 

The FCC is considering a National Broadband Plan that may reallocate spectrum from broadcasters for other purposes which may include wireless broadband.  This initiative raises a number of issues that could impact the broadcast industry depending on the use of the spectrum should it be reallocated.  We cannot predict the outcome of this initiative or what effects it may have on our business or results of operations.

 

Other matters that could affect our broadcast properties include technological innovations and developments generally affecting competition in the mass communications industry, such as direct television broadcast satellite service, Class A television service, the continued establishment of wireless cable systems and low power television stations, digital television technologies, the internet and mobility and portability of our broadcast signal to hand-held devices.

 

For example, in November 2008, the FCC adopted an order allowing new low power devices to operate in the broadcast television spectrum at locations where channels in that spectrum are not in use.  The operation of such devices could cause harmful interference to our broadcast signals adversely affecting the operation and profitability of our stations.

 

Other Considerations

 

The preceding summary is not a complete discussion of all provisions of the Communications Act, the 1996 Act or other congressional acts or of the regulations and policies of the FCC, or in some cases, the DOJ.  For further information, reference should be made to the Communications Act, the 1996 Act, other congressional acts and regulations and public notices circulated from time to time by the FCC, or in some cases, the DOJ.  There are additional regulations and policies of the FCC and other federal agencies that govern political broadcasts, advertising, equal employment opportunity and other matters affecting our business and operations.

 

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

 

Prior to our ownership or operation of our facilities, substances or waste that are, or might be considered, hazardous under applicable environmental laws may have been generated, used, stored or disposed of at certain of those facilities.  In addition, environmental conditions relating to the soil and groundwater at or under our facilities may be affected by the proximity of nearby properties that have generated, used, stored or disposed of hazardous substances.  As a result, it is possible that we could become subject to environmental liabilities in the future in connection with these facilities under applicable environmental laws and regulations.  Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with such environmental requirements and have not in the past been required to incur significant costs in connection therewith, there can be no assurance that our costs to comply with such requirements will not increase in the future or that we will not become subject to new governmental regulations, including those pertaining to potential climate change legislation, that may impose additional restrictions or costs on us.  We presently believe that none of our properties have any condition that is likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

COMPETITION

 

Our television stations compete for audience share and advertising revenue with other television stations in their respective designated market areas (DMAs), as well as with other advertising media such as MVPDs, radio, newspapers, magazines, outdoor advertising, transit advertising, telecommunications providers, internet and broadband, yellow page directories and direct mail.  Some competitors are part of larger organizations with substantially greater financial, technical and other resources than we have.  Other factors that are material to a television station’s competitive position include signal coverage, local program acceptance, network affiliation, audience characteristics and assigned broadcast frequency.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Competition in the television broadcasting industry occurs primarily in individual DMAs.  Generally, a television broadcasting station in one DMA does not compete with stations in other DMAs.  Our television stations are located in highly competitive DMAs.  MVPDs can increase competition for a broadcast television station by bringing into its market additional cable network channels.  These narrow cable network channels are typically low rated, and as a result advertisements are inexpensive to the local advertisers.  In addition, certain of our DMAs are overlapped by over-the-air station from adjacent DMAs and MVPDs of stations from other DMAs, which tends to spread viewership and advertising expenditures over a larger number of television stations.

 

Television stations compete for audience share primarily on the basis of program popularity, which has a direct effect on advertising rates.  Our network affiliated stations are largely dependent upon the performance of network provided programs in order to attract viewers.  Non-network time periods are programmed by the station primarily with syndicated programs purchased for cash, cash and barter or barter-only, as well as through self-produced news, public affairs programs, live local sporting events, paid-programming and other entertainment programming.

 

Television advertising rates are based upon factors which include the size of the DMA in which the station operates, a program’s popularity among the viewers that an advertiser wishes to attract, the number of advertisers competing for the available time, the demographic makeup of the DMA served by the station, the availability of alternative advertising media in the DMA, the aggressiveness and knowledge of the sales forces in the DMA and development of projects, features and programs that tie advertiser messages to programming.  We believe that our sales and programming strategies allow us to compete effectively for advertising revenues within our DMAs.

 

The broadcasting industry is continuously faced with technical changes and innovations, competing entertainment and communications media, changes in labor conditions and governmental restrictions or actions of federal regulatory bodies, including the FCC, any of which could possibly have a material affect on a television station’s operations and profits.  For instance, the FCC has established Class A television service for qualifying low power television stations.  This Class A designation provides low power television stations, which ordinarily have no broadcast frequency rights when the low power signal conflicts with a signal from any full power stations, some additional frequency rights.  These rights may allow low power stations to compete more effectively with full power stations.  We cannot predict the effect of increased competition from Class A television stations in markets where we have full power television stations.

 

Moreover, technology advances and regulatory changes affecting programming delivery though fiber optic lines, video compression, and new wireless uses could lower entry barriers for new video channels and encourage the further development of increasingly specialized “niche” programming.  Telephone companies are permitted to provide video distribution services, on a common carrier basis, as “cable systems” or as “open video systems”, each pursuant to different regulatory schemes.  Additionally, in January 2004, the FCC concluded an auction for licenses operating in the 12 GHz band that can be used to provide multi-channel video programming distribution.  Those licenses were granted in July 2004.   In addition, on March 18, 2008 the FCC concluded an auction for the rights to operate the 700 MHz frequency band that had been used by analog television broadcasters and became available when full power television stations ceased using the spectrum as a result of the digital television transition on June 12, 2009.  The winning bidders were announced on March 20, 2008.  The FCC has indicated that the spectrum may be used for flexible fixed, mobile, and broadcast uses, including fixed and mobile wireless commercial services; fixed and mobile wireless uses for private, internal radio needs; mobile and other new digital broadcast operations; and, may include two-way interactive, cellular, and mobile television broadcasting services. We are unable to predict what other video technologies might be considered in the future or the effect that technological and regulatory changes will have on the broadcast television industry and on the future profitability and value of a particular broadcast television station.

 

DTV technology has the potential to permit us to provide viewers multiple channels of digital television over each of our existing standard digital channels, to provide certain programming in HD television format and to deliver other channels of information in the forms of data and programming to the internet, to PCs and mobile devices.  These additional capabilities may provide us with additional sources of revenue, as well as additional competition.

 

We also compete for programming, which involves negotiating with national program distributors or syndicators that sell first-run and rerun packages of programming.  Our stations compete for exclusive access to those programs against in-market broadcast station competitors for syndicated products and with national cable networks.  Public broadcasting stations generally compete with commercial broadcasters for viewers, but not for advertising dollars.

 

We believe we compete favorably against other television stations because of our management skill and experience, our ability historically to generate revenue share greater than our audience share, our network affiliations and our local program acceptance.  In addition, we believe that we benefit from the operation of multiple broadcast properties, affording us certain non-quantifiable economies of scale and competitive advantages in the purchase of programming.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

EMPLOYEES

 

As of February 26, 2009, we had approximately 2,400 employees.  Approximately 100 employees are represented by labor unions under certain collective bargaining agreements.  We have not experienced any significant labor problems and consider our overall labor relations to be good.

 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

 

We regularly use our website as a source of company information and it can be accessed at www.sbgi.net. We make available, free of charge through our website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are electronically submitted to the SEC.  In addition, a replay of each of our quarterly earnings conference calls is available on our website until the subsequent quarter’s earnings call.

 

ITEM 1A.               RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the risks described below before investing in our securities.  Our business is also subject to the risks that affect many other companies such as general economic conditions, geopolitical events, competition, technological obsolescence and employee relations.  The risks described below, along with risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial, may impair our business operations and our liquidity in an adverse way.

 

Current financial and economic conditions may have a continued adverse impact on our industry, business, results of operations or financial position.

 

Current financial and economic conditions continue to be challenging and the continuation or worsening of such conditions could further reduce consumer confidence and have an adverse effect on the fundamentals of our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.  Poor economic and industry conditions could have a negative impact on our industry or the industry of those customers who advertise on our stations, including, among others, the automotive industry and service businesses, each of which is a significant source of our advertising revenue.  There can be no assurance that we will not experience any material adverse effect on our business as a result of the recent economic conditions or that the actions of the United States Government, Federal Reserve or other governmental and regulatory bodies for the reported purpose of stabilizing the economy or financial markets will achieve their intended effect.  Additionally, some of these actions may adversely affect financial institutions, capital providers, advertisers or other consumers or our financial condition, results of operations or the trading price of our securities.  Potential consequences of the current financial and economic conditions include:

 

·                  the financial condition of those companies that advertise on our stations, including, among others, the automobile manufacturers and dealers which may file for bankruptcy protection or face severe cash flow issues, may result in a significant decline in our advertising revenue;

 

·                  our ability to pursue the acquisition of attractive television and non-television assets may be limited if we are unable to obtain any necessary additional capital on favorable terms, if at all;

 

·                  our ability to pursue the divestiture of certain television and non-television assets at attractive values may be limited;

 

·                  the possibility that our business partners, such as our counterparties to our outsourcing and news share arrangements, could be negatively impacted and our ability to maintain these business relationships could also be impaired;

 

·                  our ability to refinance our existing debt;

 

·                  our ability to make certain capital expenditures may be significantly impaired; and

 

·                  one or more of the lenders under our Bank Credit Agreement could refuse to fund its commitment to us or could fail and we may not be able to replace the financing commitment of any such lenders on favorable terms, or at all.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Our advertising revenue can vary substantially from period to period based on many factors beyond our control.  This volatility affects our operating results and may reduce our ability to repay indebtedness or reduce the market value of our securities.

 

We rely on sales of advertising time for most of our revenues and, as a result, our operating results depend on the amount of advertising revenue we generate.  If we generate less advertising revenue, it may be more difficult for us to repay our indebtedness and the value of our business may decline.  Our ability to sell advertising time depends on:

 

·                  the levels of automobile advertising, which historically have represented about one quarter of our advertising revenue; however for the year ended December 31, 2009 automobile advertising represented 15.2% of our net time sales;

 

·                  the health of the economy in the area where our television stations are located and in the nation as a whole;

 

·                  the popularity of our programming and that of our competition;

 

·                  changes in the makeup of the population in the areas where our stations are located;

 

·                  the activities of our competitors, including increased competition from other forms of advertising-based mediums, such as other broadcast television stations, radio stations, MVPDs and internet and broadband content providers serving in the same markets; and

 

·                  other factors that may be beyond our control.

 

The relative lack of political advertising in 2009 and the continued deterioration of the automotive industry and the decline in national and most local economic conditions resulted in a decrease in our advertising revenue for 2009 as compared to 2008, which had an adverse impact on our business financial condition and results of operations.  There can be no assurance that our advertising revenue will not be volatile in the future or that such volatility will not have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our debt obligations.

 

We have a high level of debt, totaling $1,366.3 million at December 31, 2009, compared to the book value of shareholders’ equity (deficit) of $202.2 million on the same date.  Our relatively high level of debt poses the following risks, particularly in periods of declining revenues:

 

·                  we may use a significant portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our outstanding debt, especially during general negative economic and market industry conditions;

 

·                  the amount available for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes may be limited because a significant portion of cash flow may be used to pay principal and interest on outstanding debt;

 

·                  our lenders may not be as willing to lend additional amounts to us for future working capital needs, additional acquisitions or other purposes;

 

·                  if our cash flow were inadequate to make interest and principal payments, we might have to restructure or refinance our indebtedness or sell one or more of our stations to reduce debt service obligations;

 

23



Table of Contents

 

·                  our ability to finance working capital needs and general corporate purposes for the public and private markets, as well as the associated cost of funding is dependent, in part, on our credit ratings.  As of the filing date of this Form 10-K, our credit ratings, as assigned by Moody’s Investor Services (Moody’s) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (S&P) were:

 

 

 

Moody’s

 

S&P

 

Corporate Credit

 

B2

 

B

 

Senior Subordinated Notes

 

Caa1

 

CCC+

 

4.875% and 3.0% Notes

 

Caa1(a)

 

CCC+(b)

 

9.25% Notes

 

B2

 

B-

 

Bank Credit Agreement

 

Ba2

 

BB-

 

 


(a)          The 3.0% Notes have not been rated by Moody’s; this rating reflects the rating for the 4.875% Notes.

 

(b)         The 4.875% Notes have not been rated by S&P; this rating reflects the rating for the 3.0% Notes.

 

The credit ratings set forth above are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal by the assigning rating organization.  Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

 

·                  we may be more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions than less leveraged competitors and thus, less able to withstand competitive pressures; and

 

·                  as of December 31, 2009, approximately $330.0 million principal amount of our recourse debt bears interest at variable rates and is unhedged; however, the debt is essentially fixed until LIBOR exceeds 2.0% due to the debt’s LIBOR floor provision. We also may borrow additional funds at variable interest rates in the future.  Increases in interest rates, or the loss of the benefits of any interest rate hedging arrangements, would increase our interest expense on variable rate debt, which would adversely affect cash flow and our ability to service outstanding debt.  In addition, an increase in market interest rates may lead purchasers of our securities to demand a higher annual yield, which could adversely affect the market price of each’s respective outstanding debt securities, including our notes and debentures.

 

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and other obligations is dependent on our ability to generate cash in the future.  Any of the foregoing risks could reduce our ability to generate cash available for debt repayment, capital improvements or investment or to respond to events that would enhance profitability.

 

Commitments we have made to our lenders limit our ability to take actions that could increase the value of our securities and business or may require us to take actions that decrease the value of our securities and business.

 

Our existing financing agreements prevent us from taking certain actions and require us to meet certain tests.  These restrictions and tests may limit our ability to repay unsecured debt or decrease the value of our securities and business.  These restrictions and tests include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

·                  restrictions on additional debt;

 

·                  restrictions on our ability to pledge our assets as security for indebtedness;

 

·                  restrictions on payment of dividends, the repurchase of stock and other payments relating to capital stock;

 

·                  restrictions on some sales of certain assets and the use of proceeds from asset sales;

 

·                  restrictions on mergers and other acquisitions, satisfaction of conditions for acquisitions and a limit on the total amount of acquisitions without the consent of bank lenders;

 

·                  restrictions on the lines of business we and our subsidiaries may operate; and

 

·                  financial ratio and condition tests including the ratio of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization, as adjusted (adjusted EBITDA) to certain of our interest expense, the ratio of first lien indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA and the ratio of Sinclair Television Group, Inc. (STG) total indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

Future financing arrangements may contain additional restrictions and tests.  All of these restrictive covenants may limit our ability to pursue our business strategies, prevent us from taking action that could increase the value of our securities or may require actions that decrease the value of our securities.  In addition, we may fail to meet the tests and thereby default or cross-default on one or more of our obligations (particularly if the economy continues to weaken and thereby reduce our advertising revenues).  If we default on our obligations, creditors could require immediate payment of the obligations or foreclose on collateral.  If this happens, we could be forced to sell assets or take other actions that could significantly reduce the value of our securities and business and we may not have sufficient assets or funds to pay our debt obligations.

 

A failure to meet covenants under our debt instruments could result in a default under such debt instruments, acceleration of amounts due under our debt and loss of assets securing our loans.

 

Certain of debt is cross-defaulted with our other debt, which means that a default under the debt of one of our debt instruments may cause a default with our outstanding debt under certain of our indentures or the Bank Credit Agreement.

 

If we breach certain of our debt covenants, our lenders could require us to repay the debt immediately, and, if the debt is secured, could immediately take possession of the property securing such debt.  In addition, if any other lender declared its loan due and payable as a result of a default, the holders of our outstanding notes, along with the lenders under the Bank Credit Agreement, might be able to require us to pay those debts immediately.

 

As a result, any default under our debt covenants could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to meet our obligations.

 

Cunningham, one of our LMA partners, has incurred past significant financial and economic challenges and there can be no assurance that Cunningham will not again experience significant financial and economic decline.  Any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding relating to Cunningham would cause a default and potential acceleration under the Bank Credit Agreement and could, potentially, result in Cunningham’s rejection of our six LMAs with Cunningham, which would negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Cunningham operates in the same industry as us and hence faces similar financial and economic pressures.  Because the six LMAs with Cunningham are material to our financial condition and results of operations, we are affected by the financial condition of Cunningham or any of its subsidiaries.  Any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding relating to Cunningham or any of its subsidiaries would materially negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be able to incur significantly more debt in the future, which could increase the foregoing risks related to our indebtedness.

 

At December 31, 2009, we had $135.9 million available (subject to certain borrowing conditions) for additional borrowings under the Bank Credit Agreement, all of which was available under our current borrowing capacity.  Under the terms of the debt instruments to which we are subject, and provided we meet certain financial and other covenants, we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including additional senior debt and secured debt.  If we incur additional indebtedness, the risks described in the risk factors in this report relating to having substantial debt could intensify.

 

Recent global financial conditions could adversely affect the availability of new financing and result in higher interest rates.

 

Recent global financial conditions have been characterized by increased market volatility.  Several financial institutions have either gone into bankruptcy or have had to be capitalized by governmental authorities.  Access to public financing has been negatively impacted by, among other things, both the rapid decline in value of sub-prime mortgages and the liquidity crisis affecting the asset-backed commercial paper market.  These factors may adversely affect our ability to obtain financing in the future on favorable terms.

 

Continued market disruptions could also result in volatile, or higher, interest rates, which could adversely affect our cash flow.  Of our $1,366.3 million of debt outstanding at December 31, 2009, approximately $330.0 million recourse debt bears interest at variable rates and is unhedged.  Accordingly, increases in interest rates above the LIBOR floor provision, or the loss of the benefits of any interest rate hedging agreement, would increase our interest expense on variable rate debt, which would adversely affect our cash flow and ability to service our debt obligations.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

We face significant and credible risks of competition in the broadcast industry, in addition to lower demand for advertising due to the recent economic slowdown, which may adversely affect our financial performance.

 

Due to the recent economic slowdown, overall expenditures by advertisers and demand for advertising in general are lower as compared to previous years.  In addition to reduced demand, we face significant competition for advertising revenue from a variety of media sources including other broadcast television stations, MVPDs, radio stations, internet and broadband content providers serving in the same markets.  This reduction in demand and increase in competition will likely adversely impact our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

 

We must purchase television programming in advance based on expectations about future revenues.  Actual revenues may be lower than our expectations.  If this happens, we could experience losses that may make our securities less valuable.

 

One of our most significant costs is television programming.  Our ability to generate revenue to cover this cost may affect the value of our securities.  If a particular program is not popular in relation to its costs, we may not be able to sell enough advertising time to cover the costs of the program.  Since we generally purchase programming content from others rather than producing such content ourselves, we have limited control over the costs of the programming.  We usually must purchase programming several years in advance and may have to commit to purchase more than one year’s worth of programming.  We may replace programs that are doing poorly before we have recaptured any significant portion of the costs we incurred or before we have fully amortized the costs.  Any of these factors could reduce our revenues or otherwise cause our costs to escalate relative to revenues.  These factors are exacerbated during a weak advertising market.  Additionally, our business is subject to the popularity of the programs provided by the networks with which we have network affiliation agreements or which provide us programming.

 

We may lose a large amount of programming if a network terminates its affiliation with us, which could increase our costs and/or reduce revenue.

 

Our 58 television stations that we own and operate, or to which we provide (or from which we are provided) programming services or sales services, are affiliated with networks.  The networks produce and distribute programming in exchange for each station’s commitment to air the programming at specified times and for commercial announcement time during programming.  The amount and quality of programming provided by each network varies.

 

The non-renewal or termination of any of our network affiliation agreements would prevent us from being able to carry programming of the relevant network.  This loss of programming would require us to obtain replacement programming, which may involve higher costs and which may not be as attractive to our target audiences, resulting in reduced revenues.  Upon the termination of any of our network affiliation agreements, we would be required to establish a new network affiliation agreement for the affected station with another network or operate as an independent station.  At such time, the remaining value of the network affiliation asset could become impaired and we would be required to write down the value of the asset to its estimated fair value.

 

On February 9, 2009, MyNetworkTV announced that it was moving to a new program services model pursuant to which it would obtain for its affiliates popular programming that has previously aired on other networks, rather than continuing to create first-run programming as is generally the case in a typical network model.  MyNetworkTV has advised us that in connection with this change to what it refers to as a “hybrid” model it believes it had the right to terminate all of its existing affiliate agreements and negotiate new agreements for this programming service with the television stations that have been MyNetworkTV affiliates.  On March 3, 2009, we received notice from MyNetworkTV claiming that it had ceased to exist as a network and therefore, was terminating each of our affiliation agreements effective September 26, 2009.  On March 25, 2009, each of our subsidiaries that owned or operated stations which were affiliated with MyNetworkTV entered into an agreement, effective September 28, 2009, with a party related to MyNetworkTV to provide such stations with programming during the following year for the time periods previously programmed by MyNetworkTV, excluding programming for Saturday night.  We cannot predict the likelihood of success of the new model by MyNetworkTV and the impact that this change will have on the performance of our stations.  See Item 1. Business, Television Broadcasting table for further information regarding our affiliation agreements.

 

We may not be able to negotiate our network affiliation agreements at terms comparable to or more favorable than our current agreements upon their expiration.

 

As network affiliation agreements come up for renewal, we may not be able to negotiate terms comparable to or more favorable than our current agreements.  All eight affiliation agreements between ABC which were to expire on December 31, 2009 have been extended to March 31, 2010 while negotiations are taking place.  At this time, we cannot predict the

 

26



Table of Contents

 

final outcome of future negotiations for those affiliation agreements or for any others and what impact, if any, they may have on our financial condition and results of operations.  In addition, the impact of an increase in reverse network compensation payments, under which we compensate the network for programming, made by us to networks pursuant to our affiliation agreements may have a negative effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

We may not be able to renegotiate retransmission consent agreements upon expiration at terms comparable to or more favorable than our current agreements and networks with which we are affiliated may attempt to require us to share revenue from retransmission consent agreements with them.

 

As certain retransmission consent agreements expire, we may not be able to renegotiate such agreements at terms comparable to or more favorable than our current agreements.  This may cause revenues and/or revenue growth from our retransmission consent agreements to decrease under the renegotiated terms despite the fact that our current retransmission consent agreements include automatic annual fee escalators.  In addition, certain of our networks with which we are affiliated may attempt to require us to share revenue from retransmission consent agreements with them as part of renewing expiring affiliation agreements or pursuant to certain rights contained in existing affiliation agreements.

 

The effects of the economic environment could require us to record an asset impairment of goodwill and FCC licenses.

 

We are required to analyze goodwill and certain other intangible assets for impairment.  The accounting guidance establishes a method of testing goodwill and FCC licenses for impairment on an annual basis, or on an interim basis if an event occurs that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit or an indefinite-lived asset below its carrying value.

 

At least annually, we test our goodwill and FCC licenses for impairment.  To perform this test, we estimate the fair values of our reporting units for goodwill and FCC licenses using a combination of observed prices paid for similar assets and liabilities, discounted cash flow models and appraisals.  We make certain critical estimates about the future revenue growth rates within each of our markets as well as the discount rates and comparable multiples that would be used by market participants in an arms-length transaction.  If these growth rates or multiples decline or if the discount rate increases, our goodwill and/or FCC licenses’ carrying amounts could be in excess of the estimated fair value.  An impairment of some or all of the value of these assets could result in a material effect on the consolidated statements of operations in the future.  As of December 31, 2009 we had approximately $660.0 million and $52.0 million of goodwill and broadcast licenses, respectively.  As of December 31, 2009, goodwill and broadcast licenses in aggregate represented 44.6% of our total assets.  Due to the recent economic recession, we may be more susceptible to additional impairment in the future.  For additional information regarding impairments to our goodwill and broadcast licenses, see Note 4. Goodwill, Broadcast Licenses and Other Intangible Assets in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Key officers and directors have financial interests that are different and sometimes opposite from ours and we may engage in transactions with these officers and directors that may benefit them to the detriment of other securityholders.

 

Some of our officers, directors and majority shareholders own stock or partnership interests in businesses that engage in television broadcasting, do business with us or otherwise do business that conflicts with our interests.  They may transact some business with us upon approval by the independent members of our board of directors even if there is a conflict of interest or they may engage in business competitive to our business and those transactions may benefit the officers, directors or majority shareholders to the detriment of our securityholders.  Each of David D. Smith, Frederick G. Smith, and J. Duncan Smith is an officer and director of Sinclair and Robert E. Smith is a director of Sinclair.  Together, the Smiths hold shares of our common stock that control the outcome of most matters submitted to a vote of shareholders.

 

The Smiths own a controlling interest in Bay Television, Inc., a company that owns WTTA-TV in Tampa/St. Petersburg, Florida, a television station which we program pursuant to an LMA.  The Smiths also own businesses that lease real property and tower space to us and engage in other transactions with it.  Trusts established by Carolyn C. Smith, a parent of the Smiths for the benefit of her and her grandchildren own Cunningham, our LMA partner in six markets.  In addition, we have been granted the rights to acquire, subject to applicable FCC rules and regulations, Cunningham (although the present rules and regulations of the FCC would not allow us to control the Cunningham Stations if we continue to hold television stations in the same market as the Cunningham Stations).  David D. Smith, Frederick G. Smith, J. Duncan Smith, Robert E. Smith and David B. Amy, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, together own interests in Allegiance Capital Limited Partnership, a limited partnership in which we also hold an interest.  Frederick G. Smith owns an interest in Patriot Capital II, L.P., a limited partnership in which we also hold an interest.  We can give no assurance that these transactions or any transactions that we may enter into in the future with our officers, directors or majority shareholders, have been, or will be, negotiated on terms as favorable to us as we would obtain from unrelated parties.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Maryland law and our financing agreements limit the extent to which our officers, directors and majority shareholders may transact business with us and pursue business opportunities that we might pursue.  These limitations do not, however, prohibit all such transactions.

 

For additional information regarding our related person transactions, see Note 11. Related Person Transactions, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The Smiths exercise control over most matters submitted to a shareholder vote and may have interests that differ from other securityholders.  They may, therefore, take actions that are not in the interests of other securityholders.

 

David D. Smith, Frederick G. Smith, J. Duncan Smith and Robert E. Smith hold shares representing approximately 84.6% of the common stock voting rights of us as of February 26, 2010 and, therefore, control the outcome of most matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including, but not limited to, electing directors, adopting amendments to our certificate of incorporation and approving corporate transactions.  The Smiths hold substantially all of the Class B Common Stock, which have ten votes per share.  Our Class A Common Stock has only one vote per share.  In addition, the Smiths hold half our board of directors’ seats and, therefore, have the power to exert significant influence over our corporate management and policies.  The Smiths have entered into a stockholders’ agreement pursuant to which they have agreed to vote for each other as candidates for election to our board of directors until June 13, 2015.

 

Although in the past the Smiths have recused themselves from related person transactions, circumstances may occur in which the interests of the Smiths, as the controlling securityholders, could be in conflict with the interests of other securityholders and the Smiths would have the ability to cause us to take actions in their interest.  In addition, the Smiths could pursue acquisitions, divestitures or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to our other securityholders.

 

(See Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters and Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, which will be included as part of our Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting.)

 

Significant divestitures by the Smiths could cause them to own or control less than 51% of the voting power of us, which would in turn give Cunningham the right to terminate the LMAs and other agreements with Cunningham due to a “change in control” of us.  Any such terminations would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.  The FCC’s multiple ownership rules limit our ability to operate multiple television stations in some markets and may result in a reduction in our revenue or prevent us from reducing costs.  Changes in these rules may threaten our existing strategic approach to certain television markets.  See Changes in rules on local marketing agreements in the risk factor below.

 

Federal regulation of the broadcasting industry limits our operating flexibility, which may affect our ability to generate revenue or reduce our costs.

 

The FCC regulates our business, just as it does all other companies in the broadcasting industry.  We must ask the FCC’s approval whenever we need a new license, seek to renew, assign or modify a license, purchase a new station, sell an existing station or transfer the control of one of our subsidiaries that holds a license.  Our FCC licenses and those of the stations we program pursuant to LMAs are critical to our operations; we cannot operate without them.  We cannot be certain that the FCC will renew these licenses in the future or approve new acquisitions in a timely manner, if at all.  If licenses are not renewed or acquisitions are not approved, we may lose revenue that we otherwise could have earned.

 

In addition, Congress and the FCC may, in the future, adopt new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters (including, but not limited to, technological changes in spectrum assigned to particular services) that could, directly or indirectly, materially and adversely affect the operation and ownership of our broadcast properties.  (See Item 1. Business.)

 

The FCC’s multiple ownership rules limit our ability to operate multiple television stations in some markets and may result in a reduction in our revenue or prevent us from reducing costs.  Changes in these rules may threaten our existing strategic approach to certain television markets.

 

Changes in rules on television ownership

Congress passed a bill requiring the FCC to establish a national audience reach cap of 39% that was signed into law on January 23, 2004.  This law permits broadcast television owners to own more television stations nationally, potentially affecting our competitive position.

 

In June 2003, the FCC adopted new multiple ownership rules.  In September 2003, the Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit stayed the effectiveness of the rules.  In June 2004, the court issued a decision which upheld a portion

 

28


 


Table of Contents

 

of such rules and remanded the matter, including the local television ownership rule, to the FCC for further justification of the rules.  The court left the stay of the 2003 rules in place pending the remand.  Several parties, including us, filed petitions with the Supreme Court of the United States seeking review of the Third Circuit decision, but the Supreme Court denied the petitions in June 2005.  In July 2006, as part of the FCC’s statutorily required quadrennial review of its media ownership rules, the FCC released Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making seeking comment on how to address the issued raised by the Third Circuit’s decision, including the local television ownership rules.  In February 2008, the FCC released an order containing its current ownership rules, which re-adopted its 1999 local television ownership rule.  On February 29, 2008, several parties, including us, separately filed petitions for review in a number of federal appellate courts challenging the FCC’s current ownership rules.  By lottery, those petitions were consolidated in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.  In July 2008, several parties, including us, filed motions to transfer the consolidated proceedings in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit and other parties requested transfer to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit.  In November 2008, the Ninth Circuit transferred the consolidated proceedings to the Third Circuit where the proceedings are currently pending.  These rules would not allow us to control the Cunningham Stations if we continue to hold television stations in the same markets as the Cunningham Stations and could force us to terminate or modify the LMAs with the Cunningham Stations.  In addition, if Cunningham were to exercise its put rights under the acquisition and merger agreements and the LMAs, each as amended and/or restated, we may have to find a suitable third party to assume our purchase obligations because we are not permitted to purchase such stations under current FCC rules.  We cannot assure you that we would be able to locate such a third party or that any such third party would continue the LMAs (or any alternative arrangements) with us on substantially similar terms that are as favorable to us or at all.

 

Changes in rules on local marketing agreements

Certain of our stations have entered into what have commonly been referred to as local marketing agreements or LMAs.  One typical type of LMA is a programming agreement between two separately owned television stations serving the same market, whereby the licensee of one station programs substantial portions of the broadcast day and sells advertising time during such programming segments on the other licensee’s station subject to the ultimate editorial and other controls being exercised by the latter licensee.  We believe these arrangements allow us to reduce our operating expenses and enhance profitability.

 

In 1999, the FCC established a new local television ownership rule and decided to attribute LMAs for ownership purposes.  It grandfathered our LMAs that were entered into prior to November 5, 1996, permitting the applicable stations to continue operations pursuant to the LMAs until the conclusion of the FCC’s 2004 biennial review.  The FCC stated it would conduct a case-by-case review of grandfathered LMAs and assess the appropriateness of extending the grandfathering periods.  Subsequently, the FCC invited comments as to whether, instead of beginning the review of the grandfathered LMAs in 2004, it should do so in 2006.  The FCC did not initiate any review of grandfathered LMAs in 2004 or as part of its 2006 quadrennial review.  We do not know when, or if, the FCC will conduct any such review of grandfathered LMAs.  With respect to LMAs executed on or after November 5, 1996, the FCC required that parties come into compliance with the 1999 local television ownership rule by August 6, 2001.  We challenged the 1999 local television ownership rule in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit, and that court stayed the enforcement of the divestiture of the post-November 5, 1996 LMAs.  In 2002, the D.C. Circuit ruled that the 1999 local television ownership rule was arbitrary and capricious and remanded the rule to the FCC.  Currently, three of our LMAs are grandfathered under the local television ownership rule because they were entered into prior to November 5, 1996 and the remainder are subject to the stay imposed by the D.C. Circuit.  If the FCC were to eliminate the grandfathering of these three LMAs, or the D.C. Circuit were to lift its stay, we would have to terminate or modify these LMAs.

 

In 2003, the FCC revised its ownership rules, including the local television ownership rule. The effective date of the 2003 ownership rules was stayed by the U. S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and the rules were remanded to the FCC.  Because the effective date of the 2003 ownership rules had been stayed and, in connection with the adoption of those rules, the FCC concluded the 1999 rules could not be justified as necessary in the public interest, we took the position that an issue exists regarding whether the FCC has any current legal right to enforce any rules prohibiting the acquisition of television stations.  Several parties, including us, filed petitions with the Supreme Court of the United States seeking review of the Third Circuit decision, but the Supreme Court denied the petitions in June 2005.

 

On November 15, 1999, we entered into a plan and agreement of merger to acquire through merger WMYA-TV (formerly WBSC-TV) in Anderson, South Carolina from Cunningham, but that transaction was denied by the FCC.  In light of the change in the 2003 ownership rules, we filed a petition for reconsideration with the FCC and amended our application to acquire the license of WMYA-TV.  We also filed applications in November 2003 to acquire the license assets of the remaining five Cunningham stations: WRGT-TV, Dayton, Ohio; WTAT-TV, Charleston, South

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Carolina; WVAH-TV, Charleston, West Virginia; WNUV-TV, Baltimore, Maryland; and WTTE-TV, Columbus, Ohio.  Rainbow/PUSH filed a petition to deny these five applications and to revoke all of our licenses on the grounds that such acquisition would violate the local television ownership rules.  The FCC dismissed our applications in light of the stay of the 2003 ownership rules and also denied the Rainbow/PUSH petition.  Rainbow/PUSH filed a petition for reconsideration of that denial and we filed an application for review of the dismissal.  In 2005, we filed a petition with the U. S. Court of Appeals for the D. C. Circuit requesting that the Court direct the FCC to take final action on our applications, but that petition was dismissed.  On January 6, 2006, we submitted a motion to the FCC requesting that it take final action on our applications.  Both the applications and the associated petition to deny are still pending.  We believe the Rainbow/PUSH petition is without merit.   On February 8, 2008, we filed a petition with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit requesting that the Court direct the FCC to take final action on these applications and cease its use of the 1999 local television ownership rule that it re-adopted as the permanent rule in 2008.  In July 2008, the D.C. Circuit transferred the case to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, and we filed a petition with the D.C. Circuit challenging that decision, which was denied.  We also filed with the Ninth Circuit a motion to transfer that case back to the D.C. Circuit.  In November 2008, the Ninth Circuit consolidated our petition seeking final FCC action on our applications with the petitions challenging the FCC’s current ownership rules and transferred the proceedings to the Third Circuit.  In December 2008, we agreed voluntarily with the parties to the proceeding to dismiss the petition seeking final FCC action on the applications.  In addition, if Cunningham were to exercise its put rights under the acquisition and merger agreements and the LMAs, each as amended and/or restated, we may have to find a suitable third party to assume our purchase obligations because we are not permitted to purchase such stations under current FCC rules.  In the event of any such assignments, new applications will have to be filed to reflect the third party as the applicant.  In that event, upon the closing of the assignment to such third party, our appeals relating to the 1999 local television ownership rules with respect to our three non-grandfathered LMAs may be moot and the three non-grandfathered LMAs may be terminated.

 

If we are required to terminate or modify our LMAs, our business could be affected in the following ways:

 

·                  Loss of revenues.  If the FCC requires us to modify or terminate existing LMAs, we would lose some or all of the revenues generated from those LMAs.  We would lose revenue because we will have less demographic options, a smaller audience distribution and lower revenue share to offer to advertisers.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated $100.9 million of net revenue from our nine LMAs.

 

·                  Increased costs.  If the FCC requires us to modify or terminate existing LMAs, our cost structure would increase.  For example, we likely would incur increased programming costs because we will be competing with the separately owned station for syndicated programming.  We may also need to add new employees.

 

·                  Losses on investments.  As part of our LMA arrangements, we own the non-license assets used by the stations with which we have LMAs.  If certain of these LMA arrangements are no longer permitted, we would be forced to sell these assets, restructure our agreements or find another use for them.  If this happens, the market for such assets may not be as good as when we purchased them and, therefore, we cannot be certain of a favorable return on our original investments.

 

·                  Termination penalties.  If the FCC requires us to modify or terminate existing LMAs before the terms of the LMAs expire, or under certain circumstances, we elect not to extend the terms of the LMAs, we may be forced to pay termination penalties under the terms of some of our LMAs.  Any such termination penalties could be material.

 

·                  Alternative arrangements.  If the FCC requires us to terminate the existing LMAs, we may enter into one or more alternative arrangements, such as outsourcing agreements, relating to the affected stations.  Any such arrangements may be on terms that are less beneficial to us than the existing LMAs.

 

Use of outsourcing agreements

In addition to our LMAs, we have entered into four (and may seek opportunities for additional) outsourcing agreements in which our stations provide or are provided various non-programming related services such as sales, operational and managerial services to or by other stations.  Pursuant to these agreements, one of our stations in Nashville, Tennessee and our station in Cedar Rapids, Iowa currently provide services to another station in each’s respective market and another party provides services to our stations in Peoria/Bloomington, Illinois and Rochester, New York.  We believe this structure allows stations to achieve operational efficiencies and economies of scale, which should otherwise improve broadcast cash flow and competitive positions.  While television joint sales agreements (JSAs) are not currently “attributable” under the FCC rules, on August 2, 2004, the FCC released a notice of proposed rulemaking seeking comments on its tentative conclusion that JSAs should be attributable.  We cannot predict the

 

30



Table of Contents

 

outcome of this proceeding, nor can we predict how any changes, together with possible changes to the ownership rules, would apply to our existing outsourcing agreements.  If the FCC were to determine that our outsourcing arrangements were JSAs, we would have to terminate or restructure such arrangements on terms that may not be as advantageous to us as the current arrangements.

 

Failure of owner/licensee to exercise control

The FCC requires the owner/licensee of a station to maintain independent control over the programming and operations of the station.  As a result, the owners/licensees of those stations with which we have LMAs or outsourcing agreements can exert their control in ways that may be counter to our interests, including the right to preempt or terminate programming in certain instances.  The preemption and termination rights cause some uncertainty as to whether we will be able to air all of the programming that we have purchased under our LMAs and therefore, uncertainty about the advertising revenue that we will receive from such programming.  In addition, if the FCC determines that the owner/licensee is not exercising sufficient control, it may penalize the owner licensee by a fine, revocation of the license for the station or a denial of the renewal of that license.  Any one of these scenarios, especially the revocation of or denial of renewal of a license, might result in a reduction of our cash flow and an increase in our operating costs or margins.  In addition, penalties might also affect our qualifications to hold FCC licenses, putting our own licenses at risk.

 

The pendency and indeterminacy of the outcome of these ownership rules, which may limit our ability to provide services to additional or existing stations pursuant to licenses, LMAs, outsourcing agreements or otherwise, expose us to a certain amount of volatility, particularly if the outcomes are adverse to us.  Further, resolution of these ownership rules has been and will likely continue to be a cost burden and a distraction to our management and the continued absence of a resolution may have a negative effect on our business.

 

Competition from other broadcasters or other content providers and changes in technology may cause a reduction in our advertising revenues and/or an increase in our operating costs.

 

Conversion to digital television

The television broadcast industry recently completed the mandated transition to an advanced digital television (DTV) transmission system.  DTV transmissions deliver improved video and audio signals including HD television and have substantial multiplexing and data transmission capabilities.  All television broadcasters were required to cease analog broadcasting by June 12, 2009.  The conversion from broadcasting in the analog broadcast format to the digital broadcast format is expensive.  Our digital conversion expenditures were $2.2 million, $2.0 million and $3.1 million respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.  As of June 12, 2009, all of our 58 stations were broadcasting a digital signal.  As of February 16, 2010 all but five of the television stations we own or to which we provide services are operating on authorized post-transition digital facilities.  The remaining five television stations are operating pursuant to Tolling Requests filed with the FCC in order to extend the expiration date of their construction permit and to allow digital operations at variance from authorized post-transition facilities.  There can be no assurance that the FCC will grant the Tolling Requests or will grant subsequent construction permit or license applications filed by the stations.  As a result, there is no guarantee that the stations will ultimately be able to commence operations using the specific facilities required by the FCC for the stations’ post-digital transition facilities.  If the stations are unable to do so, they could be subject to loss of interference protection, possible FCC enforcement action, and potential reductions in population service areas and potentially reduced viewership.  Competition from other broadcasters or other content providers and changes in technology may cause a reduction in our advertising revenues and/or an increase in our operating costs.

 

The television industry is highly competitive and this competition can draw viewers and advertisers from our stations, which reduces our revenue or requires us to pay more for programming, which increases our costs.  We face intense competition from the following:

 

New technology and the subdivision of markets

Cable providers, direct broadcast satellite companies and telecommunication companies are developing new technology that allows them to transmit more channels on their existing equipment to highly targeted audiences, reducing the cost of creating channels and potentially leading to the division of the television industry into ever more specialized niche markets.  Competitors who target programming to such sharply defined markets may gain an advantage over us for television advertising revenues.  The decreased cost of creating channels may also encourage new competitors to enter our markets and compete with us for advertising revenue.  In addition, technologies that allow viewers to digitally record, store and play back television programming may decrease viewership of commercials as recorded by media measurement services such as Nielsen Media Research and, as a result, lower our advertising revenues.  The broadcast and advertising industries have agreed on a ratings standard that includes live viewing plus

 

31



Table of Contents

 

viewers who watch a program within 72 hours of its original appearance.  However, the effects of new ratings system technologies, including “people meters,” and the ability of such technologies to be a reliable standard that can be used by advertisers is currently unknown.

 

Since digital television technology allows broadcasting of multiple channels within the additional allocated spectrum, this technology could expose us to additional competition from programming alternatives.  In addition, technological advancements and the resulting increase in programming alternatives, such as cable television, Direct Broadcast Satellite systems, pay-per-view, home video and entertainment systems, video-on-demand and the Internet have also created new types of competition to television broadcast stations and will increase competition for household audiences and advertisers.  We cannot provide any assurances that we will remain competitive with these developing technologies.

 

Types of competitors

We also face competition from rivals that may have greater resources than we have.  These include:

 

·                  other local free over-the-air broadcast television and radio stations;

 

·                  telecommunication companies;

 

·                  cable and satellite system operators;

 

·                  print media providers such as newspapers, direct mail and periodicals;

 

·                  internet search engines, internet service providers and websites; and

 

·                  competition from other emerging technologies including mobile television.

 

Deregulation

The Telecommunications Act of 1996 and subsequent actions by the FCC and the courts have removed some limits on station ownership, allowing telephone, cable and some other companies to provide video services in competition with us.  In addition, the FCC has reallocated and auctioned off a portion of the spectrum for new services including fixed and mobile wireless services and digital broadcast services.  As a result of these changes, new companies are able to enter our markets and compete with us.

 

We could be adversely affected by labor disputes and legislation and other union activity.

 

The cost of producing and distributing entertainment programming has increased substantially in recent years due to, among other things, the increasing demands of creative talent and industry-wide collective bargaining agreements.  Although we generally purchase programming content from others rather than produce such content ourselves, our program suppliers engage the services of writers, directors, actors and on-air and other talent, trade employees and others, some of whom are subject to these collective bargaining agreements.  If our program suppliers are unable to renew expiring collective bargaining agreements, it is possible that the affected unions could take action in the form of strikes or work stoppages.  Failure to renew these agreements, higher costs in connection with these agreements or a significant labor dispute could adversely affect our business by causing delays in production that lead to declining viewers, and reductions in the profit margins of our programming and the amounts we can charge advertisers for time.  Further, any changes in the existing labor laws, including the possible enactment of the Employee Free Choice Act, may further the realization of the foregoing risks.

 

Unrelated third parties may bring claims against us based on the nature and content of information posted on websites maintained by us.

 

We host internet services that enable individuals to exchange information, generate content, comment on our content, and engage in various online activities.  The law relating to the liability of providers of these online services for activities of their users is currently unsettled both within the United States and internationally.  Claims may be brought against us for defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, unlawful activity, tort, including personal injury, fraud, or other theories based on the nature and content of information that may be posted online or generated by our users.  Our defense of such actions could be costly and involve significant time and attention of our management and other resources.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

We may be subject to fines and other penalties related to violations of FCC indecency rules and other FCC rules and policies, the enforcement of which has increased in recent years, and complaints related to such violations may delay our renewal applications with the FCC.

 

We provide a significant amount of live news reporting that is provided by the broadcast networks or is controlled by our on-air news talent.  Although both broadcast network and our on-air talent have generally been professional and careful in what they say, there is always the possibility that information may be reported that is inaccurate or even in violation of certain indecency rules promulgated by the FCC.  In addition, entertainment programming provided by broadcast networks may contain content that is in violation of the indecency rules promulgated by the FCC.  Because the interpretation by the courts and the FCC of the indecency rules is not always clear, it is sometimes difficult for us to determine in advance what may be indecent programming.  We have insurance to cover some of the liabilities that may occur, but the FCC has enhanced its enforcement efforts relating to the regulation of indecency.  In addition, in 2006, Congress dramatically increased the penalties for broadcasting indecent programming and potentially subjects broadcasters to license revocation, renewal or qualification proceedings in the event that they broadcast indecent material.  We are currently subject to pending FCC inquiries and proceedings relating to alleged violations of indecency, sponsorship identification, children’s programming and captioning rules.  There can be no assurance that an incident that may lead to significant fines or other penalties by the FCC can be avoided.

 

In addition, action on many license renewal applications, including those we have filed, has been delayed because of, among other reasons, the pendency of complaints that programming aired by the various networks contained indecent material and complaints regarding alleged violations of sponsorship identification, children’s programming and captioning rules.  As of February 26, 2010, 14 of our renewal applications were subject to such complaints.  We cannot predict when the FCC will address these complaints and act on the renewal applications.  We continue to have operating authority until final action is taken on our renewal applications.

 

The FCC’s National Broadband Plan may result in a loss of spectrum for our stations potentially adversely impacting our ability to compete.

 

The FCC is considering a National Broadband Plan that may reallocate spectrum from broadcasters for other purposes which may include wireless broadband.  This initiative raises a number of issues that could impact the broadcast industry depending on the use of the spectrum should it be reallocated.  On February 24, 2010 the FCC announced that as part of the National Broadband Plan, it will propose a voluntary auction that would let broadcasters and other licensees sell their spectrum for a share of the proceeds.  We cannot predict the outcome of results of the National Broadband Plan, or whether any final rules will have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete.

 

Costs of complying with changes in governmental laws and regulations may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We cannot predict what other governmental laws or regulations will be enacted in the future, how future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted or how future laws or regulations will affect us.  Compliance with new laws or regulations, including proposed legislation to address climate change, or stricter interpretation of existing laws, may require us to incur significant expenditures or impose significant restrictions on us and could cause a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

The continuation of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan may negatively impact our advertising revenues and results of operations.  Future conflicts, terrorist attacks or other acts of violence may have a similar effect.

 

The commencement of the war in Iraq in 2002 and activities in Afghanistan resulted in a reduction of advertising revenues as a result of uninterrupted news coverage and/or general economic uncertainty.  The continuation of these wars may have a similar negative impact on our advertising revenues and results of operations.  If the United States becomes engaged in similar conflicts in the future, there may be a similar adverse effect on our results of operations.  Also, any terrorist attacks or other acts of violence may have a similar negative effect on our business or results of operations.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

If our Class A Common Stock fails to meet all applicable listing requirements, it could be delisted from the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which could adversely affect the market price and liquidity of our Class A Common Stock and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our Class A common stock is currently traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (the Exchange) under the symbol “SBGI.”  If we fail to meet any of the continued listing standards of the Exchange, our Class A Common Stock could be delisted from the Exchange.  These continued listing standards include, among others, maintaining a $1.00 minimum closing bid price per share.

 

Our Class A Common Stock has traded at or below $1.00 per share in 2009.  If our Class A Common Stock trades below $1.00 per share for thirty consecutive trading days, there can be no assurance that NASDAQ will not take action to enforce its listing requirements.

 

If our Class A Common Stock were to be delisted from the Exchange, we could apply to list our Class A Common Stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market, or our Class A Common Stock could be traded in the over-the-counter market on an electronic bulletin board, such as the OTC Bulletin Board or the Pink Sheets.  Any delisting could adversely affect the market price and the liquidity of our Class A Common Stock, impair our ability to raise capital necessary to maintain operations and services our debt, cause a potential loss of investor interest in our securities, cause a potential loss of confidence among our employees and customers of our services and otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

ITEM 1B.       UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

 

Generally, each of our stations has facilities consisting of offices, studios and tower sites.  Transmitter and tower sites are located to provide maximum signal coverage of our stations’ markets.  We believe that all of our properties, both owned and leased, are generally in good operating condition, subject to normal wear and tear and are suitable and adequate for our current business operations.  The following is a summary of our principal owned and leased real properties.  Approximately 67,000 square feet of the leased office and studio building is related to our corporate facilities.  We believe that no one property represents a material amount of the total properties owned or leased.  See Item 1. Business, for a listing of our station locations.

 

Broadcast Segment

 

Owned

 

Leased

 

Office and studio buildings

 

494,222 square feet

 

329,826 square feet

 

Office and studio land

 

135 acres

 

4 acres

 

Transmitter building sites

 

84,850 square feet

 

73,327 square feet

 

Transmitter and tower land

 

1,130 acres

 

237 acres

 

 

Other Operating Divisions Segment

 

Owned

 

Leased

 

Office and warehouse buildings

 

 

112,040 square feet

 

Recreational land

 

722 acres

 

 

Real estate rental property

 

344,214 square feet

 

9,300 square feet

 

Land held for development and sale

 

1,721 acres

 

 

 

ITEM 3.          LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We are a party to lawsuits and claims from time to time in the ordinary course of business.  Actions currently pending are in various preliminary stages and no judgments or decisions have been rendered by hearing boards or courts in connection with such actions.  After reviewing developments to date with legal counsel, our management is of the opinion that the outcome of our pending and threatened matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 4.          RESERVED

 

35



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.

 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our Class A Common Stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ stock market under the symbol SBGI.  Our Class B Common Stock is not traded on a public trading market or quotation system.  The following tables set forth for the periods indicated the high and low closing sales prices on the NASDAQ stock market for our Class A Common Stock.

 

2009

 

High

 

Low

 

First Quarter

 

$

3.86

 

$

0.89

 

Second Quarter

 

$

2.12

 

$

1.04

 

Third Quarter

 

$

3.81

 

$

1.07

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

5.03

 

$

2.95

 

 

2008

 

High

 

Low

 

First Quarter

 

$

10.62

 

$

7.78

 

Second Quarter

 

$

9.90

 

$

7.60

 

Third Quarter

 

$

7.80

 

$

4.96

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

5.27

 

$

1.97

 

 

As of February 26, 2009, there were approximately 85 shareholders of record of our common stock.  This number does not include beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names.

 

Dividend Policy

 

In February 2009, we decided it was prudent to suspend the dividend due to the negative economic climate.  Future dividends on our common shares, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on several factors including our results of operations, cash requirements and surplus, financial condition, covenant restrictions and other factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant.  Our Bank Credit Agreement and some of our debt instruments contain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.  Under the indentures governing our 8.0% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2012 (the 8.0% Notes), and our 9.25% Second Lien Notes, due 2017 (the 9.25% Notes), we are restricted from paying dividends on our common stock unless certain specified conditions are satisfied, including that:

 

·      no event of default then exists under the indenture or certain other specified agreements relating to our indebtedness; and

 

·      after taking account of the dividend, we are within certain restricted payment requirements contained in the indenture.

 

In addition, under certain of our debt instruments, the payment of dividends is not permissible during a default thereunder.

 

Our dividend paid during 2008 of 20 cents per share per quarter was not in excess of any applicable restrictions or conditions contained within the indentures of our various senior subordinated notes and our bank credit agreement as in effect at that time.

 

During 2008, the Board of Directors voted to increase the dividend.  On February 6, 2008, we announced that our Board of Directors approved an increase to our annual dividend to 80 cents per share from 70 cents per share. In February 2009, our Board of Directors suspended our dividend until further notice.  The 2008 dividends declared were as follows:

 

For the quarter ended

 

Quarterly Dividend
Per Share

 

Annual Dividend
Per Share

 

Date dividends were paid

 

March 31, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

0.800

 

April  14, 2008

 

June 30, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

0.800

 

July 14, 2008

 

September 30, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

0.800

 

October 10, 2008

 

December 31, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

0.800

 

January 12, 2009

 

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

During the fourth quarter of 2009, pursuant to publicly announced cash tender offers, we repurchased $106.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 4.875% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2018 (the 4.875% Notes) and $266.6 million aggregate principal amount of the 3.0% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2027 (the 3.0% Notes).

 

ITEM 6.          SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.  The consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are included elsewhere in this report.

 

The information below should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008 (a)

 

2007 (a)

 

2006 (a)

 

2005 (a)

 

Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net broadcast revenues (b)

 

$

554,597

 

$

639,163

 

$

622,643

 

$

627,075

 

$

606,450

 

Revenues realized from station barter arrangements

 

58,182

 

59,877

 

61,790

 

54,537

 

54,908

 

Other operating divisions revenues

 

43,698

 

55,434

 

33,667

 

24,610

 

22,597

 

Total revenues

 

656,477

 

754,474

 

718,100

 

706,222

 

683,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station production expenses

 

142,415

 

158,965

 

148,707

 

144,236

 

149,033

 

Station selling, general and administrative expenses

 

122,833

 

136,142

 

140,026

 

137,995

 

135,870

 

Expenses recognized from station barter arrangements

 

48,119

 

53,327

 

55,662

 

49,358

 

50,334

 

Depreciation and amortization (c)

 

138,334

 

147,527

 

157,178

 

153,399

 

136,916

 

Other operating divisions expenses

 

45,520

 

59,987

 

33,023

 

24,193

 

20,944

 

Corporate general and administrative expenses

 

25,632

 

26,285

 

24,334

 

22,795

 

21,220

 

Gain on asset exchange

 

(4,945

)

(3,187

)

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses

 

249,799

 

463,887

 

 

15,589

 

 

Operating (loss) income

 

(111,230

)

(288,459

)

159,170

 

158,657

 

169,638

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount and deferred financing cost

 

(80,021

)

(87,634

)

(102,228

)

(115,217

)

(120,002

)

Interest income

 

59

 

743

 

2,228

 

2,008

 

650

 

Gain (loss) from sale of assets

 

75

 

66

 

(21

)

143

 

(80

)

Gain (loss) from extinguishment of debt

 

18,465

 

5,451

 

(30,716

)

(904

)

(1,937

)

(Loss) gain from derivative instrument

 

(97

)

999

 

2,592

 

2,907

 

21,778

 

Income (loss) from equity and cost investees

 

354

 

(2,703

)

601

 

6,338

 

(1,426

)

Gain on insurance settlement

 

 

 

 

 

1,193

 

Other income (loss), net

 

1,935

 

1,653

 

1,506

 

1,059

 

(582

)

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(170,460

)

(369,884

)

33,132

 

54,991

 

69,232

 

Income tax benefit (provision)

 

32,512

 

121,362

 

(16,163

)

(6,589

)

(36,027

)

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

(137,948

)

(248,522

)

16,969

 

48,402

 

33,205

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of related income taxes

 

(81

)

(141

)

1,219

 

3,701

 

5,400

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of related income taxes

 

 

 

1,065

 

1,774

 

146,276

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(138,029

)

$

(248,663

)

$

19,253

 

$

53,877

 

$

184,881

 

Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

2,335

 

2,133

 

(279

)

100

 

1,051

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

(135,694

)

$

(246,530

)

$

18,974

 

$

53,977

 

$

185,932

 

Basic and Diluted (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share Attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations

 

$

(1.70

)

$

(2.87

)

$

0.19

 

$

0.57

 

$

0.65

 

Earnings per share from discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

0.03

 

$

0.06

 

$

1.77

 

(Loss) earnings per share

 

$

(1.70

)

$

(2.87

)

$

0.22

 

$

0.63

 

$

2.43

 

Dividends declared per share

 

$

 

$

0.800

 

$

0.625

 

$

0.450

 

$

0.030

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

23,224

 

$

16,470

 

$

20,980

 

$

67,408

 

$

9,655

 

Total assets

 

$

1,597,721

 

$

1,816,407

 

$

2,224,187

 

$

2,271,580

 

$

2,280,641

 

Total debt (d)

 

$

1,366,308

 

$

1,362,278

 

$

1,320,417

 

$

1,413,623

 

$

1,450,738

 

Total (deficit) equity

 

$

(202,222

)

$

(58,700

)

$

269,581

 

$

267,329

 

$

250,688

 

 


(a)   We adopted accounting guidance related to noncontrolling interest and classification of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion.  The guidance required us to adjust prior period financial statements.  See Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

(b)   Net broadcast revenues is defined as broadcast revenues, net of agency commissions.

 

(c)   Depreciation and amortization includes amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and amortization of definite-lived intangible broadcasting assets and other assets.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

(d)   Total debt is defined as notes payable, capital leases and commercial bank financing, including the current and long-term portions.

 

ITEM 7.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis provides qualitative and quantitative information about our financial performance and condition and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to those statements.  This discussion consists of the following sections:

 

Executive Overview — a description of our business, financial highlights from 2009, information about industry trends and sources of revenues and operating costs;

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — a discussion of the accounting policies that are most important in understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in the consolidated financial statements and a summary of recent accounting pronouncements;

 

Results of Operations — a summary of the components of our revenues by category and by network affiliation, a summary of other operating data and an analysis of our revenues and expenses for 2009, 2008 and 2007, including comparisons between years and certain expectations for 2010; and

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources — a discussion of our primary sources of liquidity, an analysis of our cash flows from or used in operating activities, investing activities and financing activities, a discussion of our dividend policy and a summary of our contractual cash obligations and off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

We have two reportable operating segments, “broadcast” and “other operating divisions” that are disclosed separately from our corporate activities.  Our broadcast segment includes our stations.  Currently, our other operating divisions segment primarily earned revenues in 2009 and 2008 from information technology staffing, consulting and software development; transmitter manufacturing; sign design and fabrication; regional security alarm operating and bulk acquisitions; and real estate ventures.  Corporate and unallocated expenses primarily include our costs to operate as a public company and to operate our corporate headquarters location.  Corporate is not a reportable segment.

 

STG, included in the broadcast segment and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. (SBG), is the primary obligor under our Bank Credit Agreement, the 8.0% Notes and the 9.25% Notes.  Our Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, 6.0% Convertible Debentures, due 2012 (the 6.0% Debentures), the 4.875% Notes and the 3.0% Notes remain obligations and securities of SBG and are not obligations or securities of STG.

 

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

 

2009 Events

 

·      On February 4, 2009, Congress passed the “DTV Delay Act” that extended the date for the completion of the DTV transition from February 17, 2009 to June 12, 2009.  Pursuant to the rules and with the consent of the FCC all but 12 of our stations ceased analog operations on the original February 1, 2009 dates;

·      On February 11, 2009, we suspended our quarterly dividend;

·      On March 3, 2009, we received notice from MyNetworkTV that they were terminating each of our affiliation agreements effective September 26, 2009; on March 25, 2009, we entered into a one year agreement with a party related to MyNetworkTV to provide our MyNetworkTV stations with programming which became effective September 28, 2009;

·      On April 28, 2009 the Supreme Court overturned a decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit and held that the FCC’s indecency policy regarding “fleeting expletives” was not arbitrary and capricious.  However, the Supreme Court did not rule on whether or not the FCC’s “fleeting expletives” policy violated the First Amendment, and remanded the case to the Second Circuit to rule on the constitutional issue;

·      On June 16, 2009 and June 19, 2009, Moody’s and S&P, respectively, reduced the rating of the 4.875% Notes two notches.  As a result, any holder of the 4.875% Notes may surrender all or any portion of their 4.875% Notes for a conversion into our Class A Common Stock at any time at the then-applicable conversion rate.  On July 13, 2009, Moody’s and S&P further reduced our credit ratings by two notches;

 

39



Table of Contents

 

·      On September 1, 2009, one of our Las Vegas stations, KVMY-TV, entered into a network affiliation and representation agreement with Lieberman Television, LLC, a Spanish-language television network currently known as “Estrella TV”.  Estrella TV programming is broadcasting in Las Vegas on a digital multi-channel;

·      On October 8, 2009, we commenced tender offers to purchase for cash any and all of the outstanding 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes.  The tender offer expired on November 5, 2009 and approximately $266.6 million and $106.5 million of the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, respectively, tendered.  During 2009, we also repurchased in the open market $50.7 million of our 3.0% Notes and $1.0 million of our 6.0% Debentures;

·      On October 28, 2009, we entered into certain agreements with Cunningham to amend and/or restate our LMAs, certain option agreements to acquire Cunningham stock and certain acquisition and merger agreements relating to Cunningham Stations that became effective upon the consummation of the tender offers for our 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes;

·      On October 29, 2009, we issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 9.25% Notes;

·      Contemporaneous with the issuance of the 9.25% Notes, we entered into a Bank Credit Agreement pursuant to an amendment and restatement of the 2006 Bank Credit Agreement;

·      On October 30, 2009, options were exercised to extend the affiliation agreements of the stations owned, programmed and/or to which we provide services that are affiliated with the CW for an additional year to expire on August 31, 2011;

·      On November 5, 2009 and November 6, 2009, S&P and Moody’s, respectively, issued revised ratings in response to our closing of the 9.25% Notes and entry into the Bank Credit Agreement;

·      On December 4, 2009 we entered into a one-year retransmission consent agreement with Time Warner for continued carriage of the signals of 34 stations owned and/or operated by us in 22 markets;

·      During 2009, we repurchased 1.5 million shares of Class A Common Stock for $1.5 million, including transaction costs;

·      During 2009, we recorded $164.2 million and $84.9 million related to our impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses, respectively;

·      Our outsourcing agreements in WYZZ-TV in Peoria, Illinois and WUHF-TV in Rochester, New York with Nexstar Broadcasting are scheduled to terminate on April 1, 2010 and we have reached an agreement on renewal terms;

·      Market share survey results reflect that our stations’ share of the television advertising market in 2009 increased to 18.3%, from 17.8% in 2008; and

·      Excluding political, local revenues decreased 4.9% and national revenues decreased 17.5% during 2009 versus 2008 due to negative financial and economic conditions that severely impacted advertising spending levels particularly in the automotive sector.  However, production, selling and general and administrative expenses combined have decreased 9.5% over the same period primarily as a result of our cost control initiatives.

 

Other Events

 

·      On January 7, 2010, we entered into a one-year retransmission consent agreement with Mediacom for continued carriage of the signals of 22 stations owned and/or operated by us in 15 markets;

·      On January 26, 2010, we commenced tender offers to purchase for cash any and all of the outstanding 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes at 100% of the face value of such notes.  The tender offers expired on February 23, 2010 and approximately $12.3 million and $14.3 million of the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, respectively, were tendered;

·      Our ABC network affiliation agreements were scheduled to expire December 31, 2009.  We extended these affiliation agreements until March 31, 2010 while we continue negotiations.

·      On February 4, 2010, we entered into an agreement for carriage of THECOOLTV, a music video provider; and

·      On February 12, 2010, we entered into a network affiliation agreement with The CW to provide programming to KMYS-TV in San Antonio, Texas.  Effective September 1, 2010 KMYS-TV will switch networks from MyNetworkTV to The CW.

 

Industry Trends

 

·      Political advertising increases in even-numbered years, such as 2008, due to the advertising expenditures from candidates running in local and national elections.  In every fourth year, such as 2008, political advertising is elevated further due to the presidential election.  In addition, political revenue has consistently risen between election years such as from 2004 to 2008;

·      The FCC has permitted broadcast television stations to use their digital spectrum for a wide variety of services including multi-channel broadcasts.  The FCC “must carry” rules only apply to a station’s primary digital stream;

·      A number of other broadcasters, including Sinclair, have joined together in what is known as the Open Mobile Video Coalition to promote the development of mobile DTV applications.  We believe there is potential for broadcasters to create an additional revenue stream by providing their signals to mobile devices as well as through other multi-channel initiatives;

 

40



Table of Contents

 

·      Retransmission consent rules provide a mechanism for broadcasters to seek payment from multi-channel video programming distributors (MVPDs) who carry broadcasters’ signals.  Recognition of the value of the programming content provided by broadcasters, including local news and other programming and network programming all in HD has generated increased local revenues;

·      Automotive-related advertising is a significant portion of our total net revenues in all periods presented and these revenues trended downward in 2008 and most of 2009 due to the recent economic turmoil.  However, a positive trend has begun for the sector in the fourth quarter of 2009 and into 2010 as of the date of this filing;

·      Many broadcasters are enhancing/upgrading their websites to use the internet to deliver rich media content, such as newscasts and weather updates, to attract advertisers;

·      Seasonal advertising increases in the second and fourth quarters due to the anticipation of certain seasonal and holiday spending by consumers, although this trend was disrupted in 2009 due to the recession;

·      Broadcasters have found ways to increase returns on their news programming initiatives while continuing to maintain locally produced content through the use of news sharing arrangements;

·      Station outsourcing arrangements are becoming more common as broadcasters seek out ways to improve revenues and margins;

·      Advertising revenue related to the Olympics occurs in even numbered years and the Super Bowl is aired on a different network each year.  Both of these popularly viewed events can have an impact on our advertising revenues; and

·      Compensation from networks to their affiliates in exchange for broadcasting of network programming has essentially halted.  Networks may begin to ask for compensation from broadcasters for the use of network programming.  Certain networks have already begun this process.

 

Sources of Revenues and Costs

 

Our operating revenues are derived from local and national advertisers and, to a much lesser extent, from political advertisers.  From 2006 to 2009, we began to generate new local revenues from our retransmission consent agreements.  Our revenues from local advertisers had seen a continued upward trend until 2008 when non-political revenues fell from 2007 due to the economic recession.  Further deterioration of advertising revenues occurred in 2009.  Revenues from national advertisers have continued to trend downward when measured as a percentage of total broadcast revenues.  We believe this trend is the result of our focus on increasing local advertising revenues as a percentage of total advertising revenues, combined with a decrease in overall spending by national advertisers and an increase in the number of competitive media outlets providing national advertisers multiple alternatives in which to advertise their goods or services.  Our efforts to mitigate the effect of these increasingly competitive media outlets for national advertisers include continuing our efforts to increase local revenues and developing innovative sales and marketing strategies to sell traditional and non-traditional services to our advertisers including the success of multi-channel digital initiatives together with mobile DTV.  In addition, our revenue success is dependent on the success and advertising spending levels of the automotive industry.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

 

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.  The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.  On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates including those related to bad debts, program contract costs, intangible assets, income taxes, property and equipment, investments and derivative contracts.  We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.  These estimates have been consistently applied for all years presented in this report and in the past we have not experienced material differences between these estimates and actual results.  However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our estimates and such differences could be material.

 

We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and to the understanding of our results of operations.  For a detailed discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Valuation of Goodwill, Long-Lived Assets, Intangible Assets and Equity and Cost Method Investments.  We periodically evaluate our goodwill, broadcast licenses, long-lived assets, intangible assets and equity and cost method investments for potential impairment indicators.  Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on estimated future cash flows, market conditions, operating performance of our stations and legal factors.  Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that the net book value of long-lived assets, intangible assets and equity and cost method investments is impaired.  Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations.

 

We have determined our broadcast licenses to be indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with the accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets, which requires such assets along with our goodwill to be tested for impairment on an annual basis or more often when certain triggering events occur.  As of December 31, 2009, we had $660.0 million of goodwill, $52.0 million in broadcast licenses, and $193.4 million in definite-lived intangibles.  We test our broadcast licenses and broadcast goodwill by estimating the fair market value of the broadcast licenses, or the fair value of our reporting units in the case of goodwill, using a combination of quoted market prices, observed earnings/cash flow multiples paid for comparable television stations, discounted cash flow models and appraisals.  We then compare the estimated fair market value to the book value of these assets to determine if an impairment exists.  We aggregate our stations by market for purposes of our goodwill and license impairment testing and we believe that our markets are most representative of our broadcast reporting units because we view, manage and evaluate our stations on a market basis.  Furthermore, in our markets operated as duopolies, certain costs of operating the stations are shared including the use of buildings and equipment, the sales force and administrative personnel.  Our discounted cash flow model is based on our judgment of future market conditions within each designated marketing area, as well as discount rates that would be used by market participants in an arms-length transaction.  Future events could cause us to conclude that market conditions have declined or discount rates have increased to the extent that our broadcast licenses and/or goodwill could be impaired.  Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows.  Based on assessments performed during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we recorded $249.8 million and $463.9 million, respectively, in impairment losses on our goodwill, broadcast licenses and other assets.  The impairment charge taken in 2008 was primarily due to the severe economic downturn during the fourth quarter, and as a result, we made downward revisions to forecasted cash flow, cash flow multiples and growth rates.  Of the $249.8 million in impairment recorded in 2009, we recorded $130.1 million in the first quarter of 2009.  We performed an interim impairment test in the first quarter of 2009 due to the severe economic downturn and continued decrease in our market capitalization.  Accordingly, we made further revisions to our forecasted cash flows, cash flow multiples, and discount rates.  The impairment charge taken during the fourth quarter of 2009 was primarily due to the continued deterioration of the economy which resulted in further decreases in our forecasted cash flow and increases in our discount rates.  There was no impairment recorded for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

The implied value of our broadcast goodwill is calculated using a discounted cash flow model for 4 years and estimating the terminal value of the reporting units using a multiple of cash flows.   The value of our broadcast licenses is calculated using a discounted cash flow model for eight years and estimating the terminal value based on the constant growth model and a compound annual growth rate.

 

The key assumptions used to determine the fair value of our reporting units to test our goodwill for impairment and to determine the fair value of our broadcast licenses consist of discount rates, revenue and expense growth rates, constant growth rates and comparable business multiples.  The revenue and expense growth rates used in our goodwill impairment testing and the revenue, expense and constant growth rates used in determining the fair value of our broadcast licenses are relatively comparable from 2008 to 2009.  However, the baseline cash flows to which these growth rates were applied decreased due to the continued deterioration of the economy.  The growth rates are based on market studies, industry knowledge and historical performance.

 

The discount rates used to determine the fair value of our reporting units to test our goodwill for impairment and to determine the fair value of our broadcast licenses have increased from 2008 to 2009.  The discount rate is based on a number of factors including market interest rates, a weighted average cost of capital analysis based on the target capital structure for a television station, and includes adjustments for market risk and company specific risk.  The increase in the discount rate is primarily due to a more heavily weighted cost of equity in 2009 as well as an increase in the general cost of equity.

 

The comparable business multiple used to determine the fair value of our reporting units to test our goodwill for impairment has decreased slightly from 2008 to 2009.  It is an estimate of the multiple that would most likely be paid for a mature, cash flowing television station in the current marketplace.  The decrease in the multiple is primarily due to the continued deterioration in the economy.

 

As of December 31, 2009, none of our reporting units tested for goodwill impairment had fair values in excess of the carrying value where the excess was less than 10% of the carrying value.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase in our discount rate of 10% would increase our goodwill impairment by $4.9 million and a decrease in our multiple of 10% would increase our goodwill impairment by $9.0 million.  An increase in our discount rate of greater than 26% or a decrease in our multiple of greater than 14% would likely change the number of reporting units that would fail our Step 1 test for goodwill impairment and could lead to additional amounts of goodwill impairment.

 

When factors indicate that there may be a decrease in value of an equity or cost method investment, we assess that investment and determine whether a loss in value has occurred.  If that loss is deemed to be other than temporary an impairment loss is recorded accordingly.  For any investments that indicate a potential impairment, we estimate the fair value of those investments using discounted cash flow models, unrelated third party valuations or industry comparables, based on the various facts available to us.

 

Revenue Recognition.  Advertising revenues, net of agency commissions, are recognized in the period during which commercials are aired.  All other revenues are recognized as services are provided.  The revenues realized from station barter arrangements are recorded as the programs are aired at the estimated fair value of the advertising airtime given in exchange for the program rights.

 

Our retransmission consent agreements contain both advertising and retransmission consent elements that are paid in cash.  We have determined that our agreements are revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.  Advertising and retransmission consent deliverables sold under our agreements are separated into different units of accounting based on fair value.   Revenue applicable to the advertising element of the arrangement is recognized consistent with the advertising revenue policy noted above.  Revenue applicable to the retransmission consent element of the arrangement is recognized ratably over the life of the agreement.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from extending credit to our customers that are unable to make required payments.  If the economy and/or the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.  For example, a 10% increase in the balance of our allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2009, would increase bad debt expense by approximately $0.3 million.  The allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.9 million and $3.3 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Program Contract Costs.  We have agreements with distributors for the rights to televise programming over contract periods, which generally run from one to seven years.  Contract payments are made in installments over terms that are generally equal to or shorter than the contract period.  Each contract is recorded as an asset and a liability at an amount equal to its gross cash contractual commitment when the license period begins and the program is available for its first showing.  The portion of program contracts which become payable within one year is reflected as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we recorded $60.2 million and $83.3 million, respectively, in program contract assets and $140.4 million and $172.7 million, respectively, in program contract liabilities.

 

The programming rights are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated net realizable value (NRV).  Estimated NRVs are based on management’s expectation of future advertising revenue, net of sales commissions, to be generated by the remaining program material available under the contract terms.  In conjunction with our NRV analysis of programming rights reflected in our consolidated balance sheets, we perform similar analysis on future programming rights yet to be reflected in our consolidated balance sheets and establish allowances when future payments exceed the estimated NRV.  Amortization of program contract costs is generally computed using a four-year accelerated method or a straight-line method, depending on the length of the contract.  Program contract costs estimated by management to be amortized within one year are classified as current assets.  Program contract liabilities are typically paid on a scheduled basis and are not reflected by adjustments for amortization or estimated NRV.  If our estimate of future advertising revenues declines, then additional write downs to NRV may be required.

 

Income Tax.  We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statements carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.  As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we recorded $7.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively, in deferred tax assets and $177.2 million and $204.1 million, respectively, in deferred tax liabilities.  We provide a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if we determine, based on the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  As of December 31, 2009, valuation allowances have been provided for a substantial amount of our available state net operating losses.  Management periodically performs a comprehensive review of our tax positions and accrues amounts for tax contingencies.  Based on these reviews, the status of ongoing audits and the expiration of applicable statute of limitations, accruals are adjusted as necessary in accordance with income tax accounting guidance.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent’s equity.  The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest is included in consolidated net income on the face of the statement of operations.  Changes in a parent’s ownership interest that result in deconsolidation of a subsidiary will result in the recognition of a gain or loss in net income when the subsidiary is deconsolidated.  The guidance also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its noncontrolling interest.  The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  We applied the requirements of this guidance retrospectively to our consolidated financial statements.  This guidance resulted in a change to the presentation of loss attributable to noncontrolling interest and net income (loss) attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group on the face of the income statement and the disclosure of noncontrolling interest contributions and distributions in the statement of cash flows.

 

In May 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires issuers of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion to account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods.  Issuers were required to determine the carrying value of just the liability portion of the debt by measuring the fair value of a similar liability (including any embedded features other than the conversion option) that does not have an associated equity component.  The excess of the initial proceeds received from the debt issuance and the fair value of the liability component are recorded as a debt discount with the offset recorded to equity.  The discount is amortized to interest expense using the interest method over the life of a similar liability that does not have an associated equity component.  Transaction costs incurred with third parties shall be allocated between the liability and equity components in proportion to the allocation of proceeds and accounted for as debt issuance costs and equity issuance costs, respectively, with the debt issuance costs amortized to interest expense.  This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  In 2009, we recorded the impact of this guidance retrospectively by recording additional interest expense on our 3.0% Notes related to the amortization of the debt discount and deferred financing costs of approximately $9.9 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The amortization of the debt discount will create additional noncash interest expense in 2010, however we expect this interest to be minimal as we expect to redeem the remaining 3.0% Notes in May 2010.

 

In April 2008, the FASB issued amended guidance for determining the useful life of an intangible asset.  The guidance amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under the accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets.  This guidance applies to (1) intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets and (2) intangible assets acquired in both business combinations and asset acquisitions. Historical experience renewing or extending similar arrangements or in the absence of such experience, assumptions that market participants would use about renewal or extension adjusted for entity specific factors should be considered.   This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years.  The guidance for determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset shall be applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after the effective date.  This guidance could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements if we make future acquisitions.

 

In March 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance related to the accounting for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies.  The guidance requires that an asset or liability arising from a contingency in a business combination be recognized at fair value if fair value can be reasonably determined.  If the fair value cannot be reasonably determined, the asset or liability should be accounted for in accordance with other GAAP, specifically the current accounting guidance related to accounting for contingencies.  This guidance requires that assets and liabilities arising from contingencies be subsequently measured and accounted for using a systematic and rational basis depending on their nature.  The amended guidance is effective for acquisitions that occur on January 1, 2009 or later.  We did not make any acquisitions during 2009.  This guidance could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements if we make future acquisitions.

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance which identifies the factors that a reporting entity should evaluate to determine whether there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability when compared with normal market activity for the asset or liability and factors to consider related to whether a transaction is orderly. When there has been a significant decrease in the volume of activity or the transaction is not orderly, a significant adjustment to the transaction or quoted prices may be necessary to estimate fair value in accordance with the accounting guidance for fair value measurements.  This amended guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for the quarter ended after March 15, 2009.  This guidance does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance on the consolidation of variable interest entities.  The intent of this guidance is to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities and to provide more relevant and reliable information to users of financial statements.  The new guidance will require us to perform ongoing reassessments of whether we are

 

44



Table of Contents

 

the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity.  This guidance is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter.  We have not determined the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2009, the FASB ratified the Emerging Issues Task Force’s amended guidance on accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.  The amended guidance allows the use of an estimated selling price for the undelivered units of accounting in transactions in which vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) or third-party evidence (TPE) does not exist.  The amended guidance no longer allows the use of the residual method when allocating arrangement consideration between the delivered and undelivered units of accounting if VSOE and TPE of selling price does not exist for all units of accounting.  Entities are required to estimate the selling price of the deliverables, when VSOE and TPE are not available, and then allocate the consideration based on the relative selling prices of the deliverables.  This guidance is effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2010 and should be applied on a prospective basis.  We have not determined the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2009, the FASB updated the Codification to provide further guidance on how to measure the fair value of a liability.  The updated guidance sets forth the types of valuation techniques to be used to value a liability when a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. It clarifies that a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. It clarifies that both a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability at the measurement date and the quoted price for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market when no adjustments to the quoted price of the asset are required are Level 1 fair value measurements.  The update is effective for the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after issuance.  This guidance does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

In general, this discussion is related to the results of our continuing operations, except for discussions regarding our cash flows (which also include the results of our discontinued operations).  Unless otherwise indicated, references in this discussion to 2009, 2008 and 2007 are to our fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Additionally, any references to the first, second, third or fourth quarters are to the three months ended March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, respectively, for the year being discussed.   During 2008, we determined we have two reportable segments, “broadcast” and “other operating divisions” that are disclosed separately from our corporate activities.  We have restated prior period information to reflect FASB accounting guidance related to convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash conversion and guidance for the recognition of noncontrolling interest in our consolidated financial statements.  See the Recent Accounting Pronouncements section in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

 

BROADCAST SEGMENT

 

Operating Data

 

The following table sets forth certain of our operating data from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in millions).  For definitions of terms, see the footnotes to the table in Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Net broadcast revenues

 

$

554.6

 

$

639.2

 

$

622.6

 

Revenues realized from station barter arrangements

 

58.2

 

59.9

 

61.8

 

Other operating divisions revenues

 

43.7

 

55.4

 

33.7

 

Total revenues

 

656.5

 

754.5

 

718.1

 

Station production expenses

 

142.4

 

159.0

 

148.7

 

Station selling, general and administrative expenses

 

122.8

 

136.1

 

140.0

 

Expenses recognized from station barter arrangements

 

48.1

 

53.3

 

55.7

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

138.4

 

147.6

 

157.2

 

Gain on asset exchange

 

(4.9

)

(3.2

)

 

Other operating divisions expenses

 

45.5

 

60.0

 

33.0

 

Corporate general and administrative expenses

 

25.6

 

26.3

 

24.3

 

Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses

 

249.8

 

463.9

 

 

Operating (loss) income

 

$

(111.2

)

$

(288.5

)

$

159.2

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

(135.7

)

$

(246.5

)

$

19.0

 

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Broadcast Revenues

 

The following table presents our revenues from continuing operations, net of agency commissions, for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

’09 vs. ‘08

 

’08 vs. ‘07

 

Local revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-political

 

$

410.2

 

$

431.4

 

$

431.2

 

(4.9

)%

0.1

%

Political

 

2.3

 

11.0

 

1.3

 

 

(a)

 

(a)

Total local

 

412.5

 

442.4

 

432.5

 

(6.8

)%

2.3

%

National revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-political

 

137.5

 

166.7

 

186.4

 

(17.5

)%

(10.6

)%

Political

 

4.6

 

30.1

 

3.7

 

 

(a)

 

(a)

Total national

 

142.1

 

196.8

 

190.1

 

(27.8

)%

3.5

%

Total net broadcast revenues

 

$

554.6

 

$

639.2

 

$

622.6

 

(13.2

)%

2.7

%

 


(a)          Political revenue is not comparable from year to year due to the cyclicality of elections.  See Political Revenues below for more information.

 

Our largest categories of advertising and their approximate percentages of 2009 net time sales, which includes the advertising portion of our local and national revenues, were professional services (15.9%), automotive (15.2%), schools (8.1%), fast food (7.4%), paid programming (6.0%) and retail-department stores (5.4%).  No other advertising category accounted for more than 5.0% of our net time sales in 2009.  No advertiser accounted for more than 1.0% of our consolidated revenue in 2009.  We conduct business with thousands of advertisers.

 

Our primary types of programming and their approximate percentages of 2009 net time sales were syndicated programming (41.1%), network programming (25.7%), news (17.1%), direct advertising programming (8.3%) and sports programming (7.8%).

 

From a network affiliate perspective, the following table sets forth our affiliate percentages of net time sales for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

 

 

# of

 

Percent of Net Time Sales for the
Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

Net Time Sales
Percent Change

 

 

 

Stations

 

2009

 

2008

 

09 vs. ‘08

 

08 vs. ‘07

 

FOX

 

20

 

45.0

%

44.6

%

(19.0

)%

3.8

%

ABC

 

9

 

20.0

%

21.6

%

(25.6

)%

1.4

%

MyNetworkTV

 

17

 

18.9

%

17.5

%

(13.1

)%

(3.8

)%

The CW

 

9

 

12.4

%

12.8

%

(22.0

)%

(5.0

)%

CBS

 

2

 

2.8

%

2.7

%

(16.9

)%

37.2

%

NBC

 

1

 

0.7

%

0.7

%

(21.9

)%

8.3

%

Digital (a)

 

5

 

0.2

%

0.1

%

22.3

%

(28.6

)%

Total

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(a)             We broadcast programming on a second digital signal as follows: Three television stations are broadcasting MyNetworkTV programming and thisTV, independent programming; one television station is broadcasting Estrella TV, a Spanish-language television network; and one television station is broadcasting thisTV on a second digital signal.

 

Net Broadcast Revenues.  From a revenue category standpoint, 2009 when compared to 2008 was impacted by decreases in virtually all of the advertising sectors.  However, during the later half of the year, we did see a positive trend in increased advertising spending which continued through the end of the year.  Services was our largest category in 2009; however, during the fourth quarter we began to see a trend back towards the historical norm of automotive advertising representing our largest category as automotive dealers and manufacturers increased spending.  During 2009, automotive revenues were helped by the government’s “Cash for Clunkers” program, however, our net times sales from the automotive sector were still down 33.6% for 2009 compared to 2008.

 

From 2007 to 2008, non-political local revenues remained static while non-political national revenues decreased.  Revenues were affected by negative financial and economic conditions, especially in the latter part of 2008, which resulted in smaller advertising budgets.  The negative economic effects were partially offset by favorable increases in revenues from retransmission consent

 

46



Table of Contents

 

agreements, revenues related to our 2008 acquisition of KFXA-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa and KGAN-TV which was previously accounted for as an outsourcing agreement and FOX’s broadcasting of the Super Bowl in 2008.

 

Political Revenues. Political revenues, which include time sales from political advertising, decreased by $34.2 million to $6.9 million for 2009 when compared to 2008.  Political revenues are typically lower in non-election years such as 2009 and were especially robust in 2008 because of the presidential election.  In 2009, however, we earned political revenue related to health care and state-related issues.  With the absence of an election year, 2007 political revenues were only $5.0 million.  Accordingly, we expect political revenues to increase in 2010 from 2009 levels.

 

Local Revenues.  Excluding political revenues, our local broadcast revenues which include local times sales, retransmission revenues, network compensation and other local revenues, were down $21.2 million for 2009, compared to 2008.  This decrease was primarily due to negative financial and economic conditions which impeded 2009 advertising spending levels, as well as, a decrease due to a change in networks for the Super Bowl programming from FOX to NBC.  These decreases were offset by an increase in revenues from retransmission consent agreements with MVPDs.  During the fourth quarter, we did begin to see favorable trends in advertising spending.  Excluding political revenues, our local broadcast revenues were down $0.2 million for 2008, compared to 2007.  The end of 2008 was also impacted by negative financial and economic conditions.  This decrease was offset by an increase in revenues from retransmission consent agreements with MVPDs.

 

National Revenues.  Excluding political revenues, our national broadcast revenues, which include national time sales and other national revenues, were down $29.2 million for 2009, when compared to 2008.  This decrease was partially due to negative financial and economic conditions which impeded 2009 advertising spending levels.  Excluding political revenues, our national broadcast revenues were down $19.7 million for 2008 when compared to 2007.  Over the past few years, national revenues have trended downwards.  We believe this trend represents a shift in the way national advertising dollars are being spent and we believe this trend will continue in the future.  Advertisers in major categories are shifting significant portions of their advertising budgets away from spot television into non-traditional media, in-store promotions and product placement in network shows.  Automotive decreases were due to automotive companies reducing 2009 advertising budgets as a result of the extreme detrimental market conditions in their industry as well as the overall economy and shifting advertising to specific markets.

 

Broadcast Expenses

 

The following table presents our significant operating expense categories for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent Change
(Increase/(Decrease))

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

’09 vs. ‘08

 

’08 vs. ‘07

 

Station production expenses

 

$

142.4

 

$

159.0

 

$

148.7

 

(10.4

)%

6.9

%

Station selling, general and administrative expenses

 

$

122.8

 

$

136.1

 

$

140.0

 

(9.8

)%

(2.8

)%

Amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments

 

$

73.1

 

$

84.4

 

$

96.4

 

(13.4

)%

(12.4

)%

Corporate general and administrative expenses

 

$

8.6

 

$

7.3

 

$

6.3

 

17.8

%

15.9

%

Gain on asset exchange

 

$

4.9

 

$

3.2

 

$

 

53.1

%

100.0

%

Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses

 

$

249.6

 

$

462.3

 

$

 

(46.0

)%

100.0

%

 

In general, we have continued to put cost cutting initiatives into action including reductions in staffing levels, which have resulted in overall decreases to our station expenses when compared to the prior year.

 

Station production expenses.  Station production expenses for 2009 decreased compared to 2008. This decrease was primarily due to lower compensation expense of $5.8 million.  Electric expenses decreased $4.0 million in 2009 compared to 2008 due to the digital signal conversion in June 2009, resulting in the reduction of analog transmission electricity cost.  Additionally, promotional advertising was lower by $3.6 million related to our revised media spending plan.  When appropriate, we have made an effort to reduce cash outlays for expenses by utilizing trade transactions.

 

Station production expenses for 2008 increased compared to 2007.  In February 2008, we acquired KFXA-TV in Cedar Rapids and KFXA-TV discontinued operating KGAN-TV, our other Cedar Rapids station, under an outsourcing agreement.  As a result, our station production expenses increased $4.3 million.  Additionally, compensation expense increased $6.3 million, rating service fees increased $1.5 million primarily due to contract renegotiations and electric expenses increased $0.7 million due to higher

 

47



Table of Contents

 

electricity market rates.  These increases were partially offset by a decrease of costs related to our LMAs and outsourcing agreements of $0.7 million due to lower payments to our outsourcing partners caused by reduced station performance in 2008.

 

Station selling, general and administrative expenses.  Station selling, general and administrative expenses decreased for 2009 compared to 2008.  This decrease was primarily due to lower compensation expense of $2.9 million and local commissions and national rep commissions savings of $5.5 million and $3.7 million, respectively, due to lower revenues in 2009 compared to 2008.

 

Station selling, general and administrative expenses decreased for 2008 compared to 2007.   This decrease was primarily due to decreases in compensation expense of $5.8 million, local commissions of $1.1 million due to fewer account executives, and decreased bad debt expense of $0.8 million due to improved collection efforts.  These decreases were partially offset by additional costs of $2.8 million related to Cedar Rapids and an increase in health care costs of $1.0 million due to higher health care payments related to higher claims.

 

We expect 2010 station production and station selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding barter, to trend higher than our 2009 results.

 

Amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments.  The amortization of program contract costs decreased during 2009 compared to 2008 and 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due to a decrease in write-downs of our program contract costs and program amortization.  Write downs of our program contract costs were $2.6 million, $9.4 million and $17.2 million during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In the past few years, we have seen a move to less expensive barter and short-term program contracts which result in lower contract cost amortization.  We expect program contract amortization to trend lower in 2010 compared to 2009.

 

Corporate general and administrative expenses.  Corporate general and administrative expenses allocated to the broadcast segment include, among other things, corporate departmental compensation expenses, health and other insurance, rent, communication, consulting fees, legal fees and strategic development initiatives.  Broadcast segment departments include finance, technology, sales and traffic, engineering, operations and purchasing. Corporate general and administrative expenses increased during 2009 compared to 2008 primarily due to higher health care costs.  Corporate general and administrative expenses increased during 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due to compensation expense.

 

We expect corporate overhead expenses to increase in 2010 compared to 2009.

 

Gain on asset exchange.  During 2009 and 2008, we recognized a non-cash gain of $4.9 million and $3.2 million, respectively, from the exchange of equipment under agreements with Sprint Nextel Corporation and in association with the FCC’s decision to allow Sprint Nextel Corporation to utilize our vacated analog spectrum in exchange for the new digital equipment.

 

Impairment of goodwill, broadcast licenses and other assets.  Due to the severity of the economic downturn and the decrease of our market capitalization, we tested our goodwill and broadcast licenses for impairment during the first quarter of 2009.  We also completed our annual test of goodwill and broadcast licenses for impairment in fourth quarter 2009, 2008 and 2007.  See Note 4. Goodwill, Broadcast Licenses and Other Intangible Assets, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.  During 2009, we recorded impairments of $164.2 million and $80.4 million related to our goodwill and broadcast licenses, respectively.  During 2008, we recorded impairments of $270.4 million and $191.8 million related to our goodwill and broadcast licenses, respectively.  No impairment was recorded in 2007.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

OTHER OPERATING DIVISIONS SEGMENT REVENUE AND EXPENSE

 

The following table presents our other operating divisions segment revenue and expenses related to G1440 Holdings, Inc. (G1440), an information technology staffing, consulting and software development company; Acrodyne Communications, Inc. (Acrodyne), a manufacturer of television transmissions systems, Triangle Signs & Services, LLC (Triangle), a sign designer and fabricator, Alarm Funding Associates, LLC. (Alarm Funding), a regional security alarm operating and bulk acquisition company, and real estate ventures for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 (in millions):

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

’09 vs. ‘08

 

’08 vs. ‘07

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G1440

 

$

6.7

 

$

10.9

 

$

9.4

 

(38.5

)%

16.0

%

Acrodyne

 

$

4.2

 

$

7.7

 

$

4.4

 

(45.5

)%

75.0

%

Triangle

 

$

20.4

 

$

28.9

 

$

19.2

 

(29.4

)%

50.5

%

Alarm Funding

 

$

6.7

 

$

2.7

 

$

0.1

 

148.1

%

2,600.0

%

Real Estate Ventures

 

$

5.7

 

$

5.2

 

$

0.6

 

9.6

%

766.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses: (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G1440

 

$

8.5

 

$

11.4

 

$

9.9

 

(25.4

)%

15.2

%

Acrodyne

 

$

6.8

 

$

9.5

 

$

6.3

 

(28.4

)%

50.8

%

Triangle

 

$

20.6

 

$

27.0

 

$

16.9

 

(23.7

)%

59.8

%

Alarm Funding

 

$

5.8

 

$

2.9

 

$

0.1

 

100.0

%

2,800.0

%

Real Estate Ventures

 

$

8.4

 

$

13.6

 

$

1.3

 

(38.2

)%

946.2

%

 


(a)                                  Comprises total expenses of the entity including other operating divisions expenses, depreciation and amortization and applicable other income (expense) items such as interest expense.

 

G1440 and Acrodyne continued to have lower revenues and expenses due to a decline in demand for their products and services throughout 2009.  G1440 was sold in fourth quarter 2009 and Acrodyne closed its business September 30, 2009, which further resulted in decreased revenues and expenses for the year.

 

The increases in Alarm Funding’s results are primarily due to the acquisition of new alarm monitoring contracts and the expansion of sales efforts.  The decreases in Triangle’s 2009 results are primarily due to a decline in order volume driven by the economic downturn particularly in the retail sector.

 

Due to the continued weakening of the real estate market, we have seen a delay in revenue growth from both our consolidated and unconsolidated (noted below) real estate ventures.  As of December 31, 2009, we held $52.0 million of real estate for development and sale and $52.3 million in equity method investments in real estate ventures.

 

Income (Loss) from Equity and Cost Method Investments.  Results of our equity and cost method investments in private investment funds and real estate ventures are included in income (loss) from equity and cost method investments in our consolidated statements of operations.  During 2009, we recorded income of $0.4 million primarily related to certain private investment funds.  During 2008, we recorded a loss of $1.0 million related to certain private investment funds and a loss of $2.8 million related to our real estate ventures.  The losses were partially offset by a distribution of $0.7 million from a direct investment in a privately held small business.  During 2007, we recorded income of $0.5 million related to certain private investment funds.  This income was offset by an impairment of $1.0 million related to one of our direct investments in a privately held small business.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

CORPORATE AND UNALLOCATED EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent Change
(Increase/(Decrease))

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

’09 vs. ‘08

 

’08 vs. ‘07

 

Corporate general and administrative expenses

 

$

16.0

 

$

17.7

 

$

17.3

 

(9.6

)%

2.3

%

Interest expense

 

$

78.5

 

$

86.6

 

$

101.7

 

(9.4

)%

(14.8

)%

Gain (loss) from extinguishment of debt

 

$

18.5

 

$

5.5

 

$

(30.7

)

236.4

%

117.9

%

Income tax benefit (provision)

 

$

32.5

 

$

121.4

 

$

(16.2

)

(73.2

)%

849.4

%

 

Corporate general and administrative expenses. Unallocated corporate general and administrative expenses represent the costs to operate our corporate headquarters location.  Corporate departments include executive, treasury, accounting, human resources, corporate relations and legal.

 

Corporate general and administrative expenses decreased during 2009 when compared to 2008 primarily due to lower compensation expense including stock based awards of $1.7 million due to cost cutting efforts.

 

We expect corporate general and administrative expenses to increase in 2010 compared to 2009.

 

Interest expense.  Interest expense has been decreasing since 2004, primarily due to debt refinancings we have undertaken.  A continued decrease in LIBOR lowered interest expense in 2009 on our Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loans under our Bank Credit Agreement. In addition, open market purchases during the first half of 2009 of our 6.0% Debentures, 4.875% Notes and 3.0% Notes and partial extinguishment of the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes pursuant to tender offers closed in fourth quarter 2009 lowered interest expense in 2009.  In fourth quarter 2009, as part of a comprehensive debt refinancing, we issued new 9.25% Notes and an amended and restated our Bank Credit Agreement (discussed below in Liquidity and Capital Resources).  We expect interest expense to increase in 2010 compared to 2009.  The decrease in interest expense in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to the partial redemption of the 8.0% Notes, 6.0% Debentures, and 4.875% Notes and a decrease in LIBOR, which lowered interest expense on our Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loans.

 

Gain from extinguishment of debt.  Pursuant to tender offers, we redeemed $266.6 million and $106.5 million face value of the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, respectively, resulting in a gain of $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, from extinguishment of debt.  We repurchased, in the open market, $1.0 million face value of the 6.0% Debentures and $50.7 million face value of the 3.0% Notes, resulting in a gain of $0.4 million and $18.5 million, respectively from extinguishment of debt.

 

During 2008, we repurchased, in the open market, $38.7 million face value of the 8.0% Notes, $18.1 million face value of the 6.0% Debentures and $6.5 million face value of the 4.875% Notes, resulting in a gain of $5.5 million from extinguishment of debt.

 

During 2007, we partially redeemed $354.9 million face value of the 8.0% Notes and redeemed $307.4 million face value of 8.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2011 (the 8.75% Notes), resulting in a loss of $30.7 million from extinguishment of debt.

 

Income tax (provision) benefit.  The 2009 income tax benefit for our pre-tax loss from continuing operations (including the effects of the noncontrolling interest) of $168.1 million resulted in an effective tax rate of 19.3%.  The 2008 income tax benefit for our pre-tax loss from continuing operations (including the effects of the noncontrolling interest) of $367.8 million resulted in an effective tax rate of 33.0%.  The decrease in the effective tax rate benefit from 2008 to 2009 is primarily attributable to more impairments in 2009 relating to assets that are not deductible for income tax purposes.

 

As of December 31, 2009, we had a net deferred tax liability of $169.9 million as compared to a net deferred tax liability of $195.0 million as of December 31, 2008.  The decrease primarily relates to: 1) a decrease in net deferred tax liabilities associated with book and tax differences attributable to the amortization and impairment of intangible and FCC license assets and 2) an increase in deferred tax assets associated with the generation of 2009 federal net operating losses; partially offset by an increase in deferred tax liabilities associated with book and tax differences attributable to contingent convertible debt instruments.

 

The 2008 income tax benefit for our pre-tax loss from continuing operations (including the effects of the noncontrolling interest) of $367.8 million resulted in an effective tax rate of 33.0%.  The 2007 income tax provision for our pre-tax income from continuing operations of $32.9 million resulted in an effective tax rate of 49.2%.  The decrease in the absolute value of the effective tax rate from 2007 to 2008 is primarily attributable to a number of discrete items driving the 2007 income tax provision.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2008, we had a net deferred tax liability of $195.0 million as compared to a net deferred tax liability of $315.3 million as of December 31, 2007.  The decrease primarily relates to a decrease in net deferred tax liabilities associated with book and tax differences attributable to the amortization and impairment of intangible and FCC license assets.

 

As of December 31, 2009, we had $26.1 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits.  Of this total, $15.0 million (net of federal effect on state tax issues) and $6.8 million (net of federal effect on state tax issues) represent the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect our effective tax rates from continuing operations and discontinued operations, respectively.  As of December 31, 2008, we had $26.1 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits.  Of this total, $14.7 million (net of federal effect on state tax issues) and $6.9 million (net of federal effect on state tax issues) represent the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect our effective tax rates from continuing operations and discontinued operations, respectively. See Note 9. Income Taxes in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

 

We recognized $1.1 million and $1.4 million of income tax expense for interest related to uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

As of December 31, 2009, we had $23.2 million in unrestricted cash and cash equivalent balances and working capital of approximately $23.1 million.  Cash generated by our operations and availability under the Revolving Credit Facility are used as our primary source of liquidity.  As of December 31, 2009, we had $135.9 million of borrowing capacity available on our Revolving Credit Facility.  We anticipate that cash flow from our operations and borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to satisfy our debt service obligations, capital expenditure requirements, working capital needs and certain committed strategic investments.

 

On October 8, 2009, we commenced tender offers to purchase for cash any and all of the outstanding 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes at a purchase price of $980 per $1,000 principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but excluding, the settlement date. The tender offers expired on November 5, 2009.  The tender offers were conditioned on, among other things, receipt of sufficient proceeds from the unregistered, private placement of the 9.25% Notes discussed below, to fund the tender offers and an amendment of our 2006 Bank Credit Agreement to allow the issuance of the 9.25% Notes.  Approximately $266.6 million and $106.5 million principal amount of the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, respectively, were tendered and purchased.

 

On October 29, 2009, we issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 9.25% Notes that mature on November 1, 2017, pursuant to an indenture, dated as of October 29, 2009 (the Indenture).  The 9.25% Notes were priced at 97.264% of their par value and accrue interest at a rate of 9.25% beginning on the issue date.  Interest on the 9.25% Notes will be paid on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning May 1, 2010.  Prior to November 1, 2013, we may redeem the 9.25% Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time or from time to time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 9.25% Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus a “make-whole premium” as set forth in the Indenture.  Beginning on November 1, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the 9.25% Notes at any time or from time to time at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture.  In addition, on or prior to November 1, 2012, we may redeem up to 35.0% of the 9.25% Notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings.  Upon the sale of certain of our assets or certain changes of control, the holders of the 9.25% Notes may require us to repurchase some or all of the 9.25% Notes.

 

The net proceeds from the offering of the 9.25% Notes were used to fund the tender offers for our 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, to pay amounts outstanding under the 2006 Bank Credit Agreement and to pay fees and expenses related to the amendment and restatement of the 2006 Bank Credit Agreement, as discussed below, and the transactions we entered into, as contemplated by the non-binding Memorandum of Understanding (the MOU) with Cunningham Broadcasting Corporation (Cunningham) discussed in Note 11, Related Party Transactions in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.  We held $435.5 million of the net proceeds from the offering in a cash collateral account until November 9, 2009 when $265.1 million and $106.0 million were released to fund the purchase of a portion of the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, respectively, pursuant to the tender offers.  As of December 31, 2009, we held $64.4 million in a restricted cash collateral account to be used to repurchase the 3.0% Notes or 4.875% Notes remaining after consummation of the tender offers, prior to or upon exercise of the put rights by the holders of such notes in May 2010 and January 2011, respectively.  Any unused funds held in the cash collateral account will be released to us to be used for general corporate purposes.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Concurrently with the closing of the offering of the 9.25% Notes, we entered into a new Bank Credit Agreement (the Bank Credit Agreement) by amending and restating the 2006 Bank Credit Agreement.  The final terms of the Bank Credit Agreement are set forth below.  The closing of the offering and the consummation of the tender offers were both conditioned upon closing of the Bank Credit Agreement.  The Bank Credit Agreement includes the following facilities:

 

·                  A new six-year term loan facility (Term Loan B) of $330.0 million, the net proceeds of which were used to prepay the outstanding term loans and a portion of the Revolving Credit Facility under the Bank Credit Agreement.  The Term Loan B initially bears interest at LIBOR plus 4.50% with a 2.0% LIBOR floor and principal amortizes at a rate of 0.25% per quarter commencing on March 31, 2011, continuing until the scheduled final payment on October 29, 2015 with 95.25% due at maturity or upon earlier termination of the Term Loan B pursuant to the terms in the Bank Credit Agreement.  We have the right to prepay the Term Loan B at any time without prepayment penalty.

 

·                  An amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility under which, $60.5 million in prior commitments remained in place under the prior pricing, which as of December 31, 2009 was LIBOR plus 1.25% and will mature June 2011.  In addition, $75.4 million in prior commitments were extended until December 31, 2013 at an initial December 31, 2009 price of LIBOR plus 4.00% with a 2.0% LIBOR floor.  We have the right to prepay the Revolving Credit Facility at any time without prepayment penalty.

 

·                  Provision for one or more incremental term loans, which may be drawn upon from time to time to meet working capital needs.

 

On January 26, 2010, we commenced tender offers to purchase for cash any and all of the outstanding 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes at 100% of the face value of such notes.  The tender offers expired February 23, 2010 and approximately $12.3 million and $14.3 million principal amount of the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, respectively, were tendered and purchased.

 

We filed a $500.0 million universal shelf registration statement with the SEC which became effective April 22, 2009.  We may use the universal shelf registration statement to issue common and preferred equity, debt securities and securities convertible into equity.

 

Debt Ratings

 

Our ability to finance working capital needs, capital expenditures and general corporate needs from the public and private markets, as well as the associated cost of funding is dependent, in part, on our credit ratings.  As of the filing date, our credit ratings, as assigned by Moody’s Investor Services (Moody’s) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (S&P) were:

 

 

 

Moody’s

 

S&P

 

Corporate Credit

 

B2

 

B

 

Senior Subordinated Notes

 

Caa1

 

CCC+

 

4.875% and 3.0% Notes

 

Caa1 (a)

 

CCC+ (b)

 

9.25% Notes

 

B2

 

B-

 

Bank Credit Agreement

 

Ba2

 

BB-

 

 


(a)          The 3.0% Notes have not been rated by Moody’s; this rating reflects the rating for the 4.875% Notes.

 

(b)         The 4.875% Notes have not been rated by S&P; this rating reflects the rating for the 3.0% Notes.

 

Cunningham Bank Credit Facility

 

Cunningham, one of our consolidated VIEs, held a $33.5 million term loan facility originally entered into on March 20, 2002, with an unrelated third party.  Primarily all of Cunningham’s assets are collateral for its term loan facility, which is non-recourse to us.  On June 5, 2009, the administrative agent under Cunningham’s bank credit facility declared an event of default under the facility for failure to timely deliver certain annual financial statements as required.  As of such date, a rate of interest of LIBOR plus 5%, which rate includes a 2% default rate of interest, was instituted on all outstanding borrowings under the Cunningham bank credit facility.  On June 30, 2009, the default was waived and the termination date of the Cunningham bank credit facility was extended to July 31, 2009, subject to certain conditions, including maintaining the default interest rate.  On July 31, 2009, the Cunningham bank credit facility was further extended to October 30, 2009. The extension required that Cunningham make $0.2 million principal payments on its term loan facility as of the first day of each of August, September and October with the balance due on October 30, 2009.  To avoid any potential bankruptcy of Cunningham, the lenders under Cunningham’s existing credit facility indicated their willingness to replace such credit facility with a new credit facility, which was conditioned upon Cunningham’s demonstration that it can repay the outstanding principal balance due under the facility within three years.  The interest rate on this

 

52



Table of Contents

 

new bank credit facility is LIBOR plus 4.5% with a 2.0% floor.  As a result, Cunningham asked us to restructure certain of its arrangements with us, including the LMAs, which negotiations led to the execution of the MOU and consummation of the transactions contemplated therein.

 

In accordance with the terms of the MOU, amendments and/or restatements of the following agreements between Cunningham and us were entered into on October 28, 2009: (i) the LMAs, (ii) option agreements to acquire Cunningham stock and (iii) certain acquisition or merger agreements relating to television stations owned by Cunningham (Cunningham stations).  Such amendments and/or restatements were effective at the expiration of the tender offers for the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes in November 2009.

 

In consideration of the new terms of the LMAs and other agreements and the extension options, beginning on January 1, 2010 and ending on July 1, 2012, we will be obligated to pay Cunningham the sum of approximately $29.1 million in 10 quarterly installments of $2.75 million and one quarterly payment of approximately $1.6 million, which amounts will be used to pay off Cunningham’s bank credit facility and which amounts will be credited toward the purchase price for each Cunningham station purchased by us.  An additional $3.9 million, approximately, will be paid in two installments on July 1, 2012 and October 1, 2012 as an additional LMA fee.  The aggregate purchase price of the Cunningham stations, $78.5 million as of December 31, 2009, will be decreased by each payment made by us to Cunningham, up to $29.1 million in the aggregate, pursuant to the foregoing transactions with Cunningham as such payments are made.  Beginning on January 1, 2013 we will be obligated to pay Cunningham an annual LMA fee for the television stations equal to the greater of (i) 3% of each station’s annual net broadcast revenue or (ii) $5.0 million.

 

We will continue to reimburse Cunningham for 100% of its operating costs. In addition, we will continue to pay Cunningham a monthly payment of $50,000 through December 2012.

 

Pursuant to the foregoing transactions between us and Cunningham, Cunningham amended and restated its bank credit facility on October 29, 2009.  See Note 5. Notes Payable and Commercial Bank Financing in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Cunningham’s stations provided us with approximately $80.2 million of total net revenue under the six LMAs.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Sources and Uses of Cash

 

The following table sets forth our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in millions):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

 

$

105.4

 

$

211.8

 

$

145.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows (used in) from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

$

(7.7

)

$

(25.2

)

$

(22.8

)

Payments for acquisition of television stations

 

 

(17.1

)

 

Consolidation of variable interest entity

 

 

1.3

 

 

Payments for acquisitions of other operating divisions companies

 

 

(53.5

)

(39.1

)

Increase in restricted cash

 

(64.9

)

 

 

Dividends and distributions from cost method investees

 

1.5

 

1.6

 

0.6

 

Purchase of alarm monitoring contracts

 

(12.3

)

(7.7

)

 

Investments in equity and cost method investees

 

(10.6

)

(42.0

)

(16.4

)

Proceeds from the sale of broadcast assets related to discontinued operations

 

 

 

21.0

 

Other

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

0.7

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

 

$

(93.8

)

$

(142.3

)

$

(56.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows (used in) from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases

 

$

980.9

 

$

274.6

 

$

751.6

 

Repayments of notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases

 

(931.6

)

(255.6

)

(840.6

)

Repurchase of Class A Common Stock

 

(1.5

)

(29.8

)

 

Payments for deferred financing costs

 

(28.8

)

(0.5

)

(7.1

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

13.4

 

Dividends paid on Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

(16.0

)

(66.7

)

(49.5

)

Proceeds from derivative terminations

 

 

8.0

 

 

Purchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interest

 

(5.0

)

 

 

Other

 

(2.8

)

(4.0

)

(4.1

)

Net cash flows used in financing activities

 

$

(4.8

)

$

(74.0

)

$

(136.3

)

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash flows from operating activities decreased during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008.  The primary reasons were due to receiving $84.0 million less in cash receipts from customers net of cash payments to venders for operating expenses and working capital cash activities and receiving $14.3 million less in tax refunds.  In 2009, we paid $18.2 million which represented a payment of original issuance discount associated with our 3.0% Notes.  These amounts were partially offset by $11.8 million less in interest paid and $2.9 million less in tax payments in 2009.

 

Net cash flows from operating activities were higher for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period in 2007.  The primary reasons were due to paying $24.6 million less in interest payments and receiving $14.9 million more in cash receipts from customers, net of cash payments to vendors for operating expenses and working capital cash activities.  In addition, during 2008, we received $6.2 million more in tax refunds, net of tax payments.

 

We expect program payments to increase in 2010 compared to 2009.

 

Investing Activities

 

In 2009, we focused our cash use towards debt and stock redemptions in the first quarter and conservation of cash during the second, third and fourth quarters instead of new investment opportunities.  We purchased no other operating divisions companies or television stations during 2009.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

In 2009, we decreased our equity investments and capital expenditures.  In addition, we increased the purchase of alarm monitoring contracts in 2009 as that business continues to grow.  Finally, the increase in 2009 in restricted cash was primarily related to the cash collateral account associated with the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes.

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities increased for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period in 2007.  During 2008, we acquired Bay Creek South, LLC for $19.0 million and Jefferson Park Development, LLC for $17.1 million. During 2008, we purchased the non-television assets of KFXA-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa.  In 2007, we received $21.0 million related to the sale of WGGB-TV in Springfield, Massachusetts and increased our equity investments.  Finally, during 2008, there was an increase in capital expenditures primarily related to upgrades to HD master control systems and we began purchasing alarm monitoring contracts.

 

In 2010, we anticipate incurring more capital expenditures than incurred in 2009.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities decreased during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008.  We had more debt proceeds than debt repayments in 2009 compared to 2008 primarily due to the cash required to be held in the cash collateral account associated with the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes.  In addition, the volume of proceeds and repayment activity was greater in 2009 compared to 2008 as well as the payments made for deferred financing costs due to the refinancings that occurred in the fourth quarter of 2009.  Finally, during 2009, we suspended the payment of dividends and reduced the amount of Class A Common Stock purchased in order to conserve cash prior to the comprehensive debt refinancing in the fourth quarter of 2009.

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities decreased for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period in 2007.  Debt proceeds and repayment activity was less in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due to significant refinancings that took place in 2007 related to our 8.75% Notes, our 8.0% Notes and the issuance of the 3.0% Notes.  In 2008, we also received proceeds from a derivative termination fee and in 2007, as our stock price climbed, we received more proceeds from the exercise of stock options.  Finally, in 2008, we paid more towards dividends and Class A Common Stock purchases than we did in 2007 as we sought ways to effectively use our available cash.

 

From time to time, we may repurchase additional outstanding debt and stock on the open market.  We expect to fund any repurchases with cash generated from operating activities and in some cases, borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility.  During 2009, in addition to the tender offer noted above, we repurchased on the open market $50.7 million face value of the 3.0% Notes and $1.0 million face value of the 6.0% Debentures.  As of the filing date, in first quarter 2010, we repurchased through a tender offer, $14.3 million face value of the 4.875% Notes and $12.3 million face value of the 3.0% Notes.

 

On February 5, 2008, our Board of Directors renewed its authorization to repurchase up to $150.0 million of our Class A Common Stock on the open market or through private transactions.  There are terms in the Bank Credit Agreement that restrict our repurchase of Class A Common Stock under certain conditions.

 

No dividends were paid for 2009.  The dividends paid for 2008 and 2007 are shown below:

 

For the quarter ended

 

Quarter dividend per share

 

Total dividends paid

 

Payment date

 

March 31, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

17.5 million

 

April 14, 2008

 

June 30, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

17.5 million

 

July 14, 2008

 

September 30, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

17.0 million

 

October 14, 2008

 

December 31, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

16.2 million

 

January 12, 2009

 

 

For the quarter ended

 

Quarter dividend per share

 

Total dividends paid

 

Payment date

 

March 31, 2007

 

$

0.150

 

$

13.1 million

 

April 13, 2007

 

June 30, 2007

 

$

0.150

 

$

13.1 million

 

July 12, 2007

 

September 30, 2007

 

$

0.150

 

$

13.1 million

 

October 12, 2007

 

December 31, 2007

 

$

0.175

 

$

15.3 million

 

January 14, 2008

 

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Seasonality/Cyclicality

 

Our operating results are usually subject to seasonal fluctuations.  Usually, the second and fourth quarter operating results are higher than the first and third quarters because advertising expenditures are increased in anticipation of certain seasonal and holiday spending by consumers.  The current negative financial and economic conditions have effected the usual seasonal fluctuations.

 

Our operating results are usually subject to fluctuations from political advertising.  In even numbered years, political spending is usually significantly higher than in odd numbered years due to advertising expenditures preceding local and national elections.  Additionally, every four years, political spending is elevated further due to advertising expenditures preceding the presidential election, although this trend may be disrupted due to the recession.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

We have various contractual obligations which are recorded as liabilities in our consolidated financial statements.  Other items, such as certain purchase commitments and other executory contracts are not recognized as liabilities in our consolidated financial statements but are required to be disclosed.  For example, we are contractually committed to acquire future programming and make certain minimum lease payments for the use of property under operating lease agreements.

 

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2009 and the future periods in which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash (in thousands):

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS RELATED TO CONTINUING OPERATIONS (a)

 

 

 

Total

 

2010

 

2011-2012

 

2013-2014

 

2015 and
thereafter (b)

 

Notes payable, capital leases and commercial bank financing (c), (d), (e)

 

$

1,481,159

 

$

73,932

 

$

498,669

 

$

20,731

 

$

887,827

 

Notes and capital leases payable to affiliates

 

45,499

 

5,669

 

10,446

 

8,624

 

20,760

 

Operating leases

 

15,058

 

2,869

 

4,725

 

3,614

 

3,850

 

Employment contracts

 

13,669

 

8,640

 

4,713

 

316

 

 

Film liability — active (f)

 

140,443

 

91,995

 

40,075

 

8,373

 

 

Film liability - future (f), (g)

 

70,038

 

9,914

 

44,956

 

15,042

 

126

 

Programming services (h)

 

119,213

 

39,326

 

56,281

 

15,409

 

8,197

 

Maintenance and support

 

2,093

 

1,745

 

347

 

1

 

 

Network affiliation agreements

 

19,331

 

12,824

 

6,507

 

 

 

Other operating contracts

 

5,736

 

763

 

1,152

 

747

 

3,074

 

LMA and outsourcing agreements (i)

 

2,597

 

552

 

1,039

 

398

 

608

 

Investments and loan commitments (j)

 

16,785

 

16,785

 

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

1,931,621

 

$

265,014

 

$

668,910

 

$

73,255

 

$

924,442

 

 


(a)          Excluded from this table are $26.1 million of accrued unrecognized tax benefits.  Due to inherent uncertainty, we can not make reasonable estimates of the amount and period payments will be made.

 

(b)         Includes a one-year estimate of $7.5 million in payments related to contracts that automatically renew.  We have not calculated potential payments for years after 2015.

 

(c)          Includes interest on fixed rate debt and capital leases.  Estimated interest on our recourse variable rate debt has been excluded.  Recourse variable rate debt represents $330.0 million of our $1.4 billion total face value of debt as of December 31, 2009.

 

(d)         The 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes may be put to us at par May 2010 and January 2011, respectively.  The table above presents the face value of the notes in the accelerated period principal payment of the notes could be due.  If the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes are not put to us they would be scheduled to mature on May 2027 and July 2018.

 

(e)          During 2009, we repurchased $317.3 million of our existing 3.0% Notes, $106.5 million of our existing 4.875% Notes, and $1.0 million of our 6.0% Debentures.  As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding face amount of the 3.0% Notes, 4.875% Notes and 6.0% Debentures was $27.7 million, $37.0 million and $134.1 million, respectively.

 

(f)            Each future periods’ film liability includes contractual amounts owed, however, what is contractually owed doesn’t necessarily reflect what we are expected to pay during that period.  While we are contractually bound to make the payments reflected in the table during the indicated periods, industry protocol typically enables us to make film payments on a three-month lag.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

(g)         Future film liabilities reflect a license agreement for program material that is not yet available for its first showing or telecast and is, therefore, not recorded as an asset or liability on our balance sheet.  An asset and a liability for the rights acquired and obligations incurred under a license agreement are reported on the balance sheet when the cost of each program is known or reasonably determinable, the program material has been accepted by the licensee in accordance with the conditions of the license agreement and the program is available for its first showing or telecast.

 

(h)         Includes obligations related to rating service fees, music license fees, market research, weather and news services.

 

(i)             Certain LMAs require us to reimburse the licensee owner their operating costs.  Certain outsourcing agreements require us to pay a fee to another station for providing non-programming services.  The amount will vary each month and, accordingly, these amounts were estimated through the date of the agreements’ expiration, based on historical cost experience.  Excluded from the table are estimated amounts due pursuant to LMAs and outsourcing agreements where we consolidate the counterparty, as well as, prepayments towards purchase options to acquire the counterparty.  These amounts totaled $17.6 million, $35.1 million, $12.8 million and $9.9 million for the periods 2010, 2011-2012, 2013-2014 and 2015 and thereafter, respectively.

 

(j)             Commitments to contribute capital or provide loans to Allegiance Capital, LP, Sterling Ventures Partners, LP and Patriot Capital II, LP.

 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Off balance sheet arrangements as defined by the SEC means any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement to which an entity unconsolidated with the registrant is a party, under which the registrant has:  obligations under certain guarantees or contracts; retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangements; obligations under certain derivative arrangements; and obligations arising out of a material variable interest in an unconsolidated entity. As of December 31, 2009 we do not have any material off balance sheet arrangements.

 

ITEM 7A.       QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates.  At times we enter into derivative instruments primarily for the purpose of reducing the impact of changing interest rates on our floating rate debt and to reduce the impact of changing fair market values on our fixed rate debt.  See Note 8. Derivative Instruments and Note 5. Notes Payable and Commercial Bank Financing, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In October 2009, we entered into a Bank Credit Agreement by amending and restating the 2006 Bank Credit Agreement. As a result our Term Loan A and A-1 were replaced by a Term Loan B.  As of December 31, 2009, we had $330.0 million outstanding under our Term Loan B, and no amount drawn on our Revolving Credit Facility.  Any outstanding amounts accrue interest with a variable rate and therefore increases our risk to increases from interest rates. During 2009, the three-month LIBOR rate decreased.

 

We are exposed to risk from a change in interest rates to the extent we are required to refinance existing fixed rate indebtedness at rates higher than those prevailing at the time the existing indebtedness was incurred.  Based on the quoted market price, the fair value of the 4.875% Notes, 3.0% Notes, 8.0% Notes, 6.0% Debentures and 9.25% Notes combined was $914.0 million as of December 31, 2009.  We estimate that adding 1.0% to prevailing interest rates would result in a decrease in fair value of these notes by $35.5 million as of December 31, 2009.  Generally, the fair market value of these notes will decrease as interest rates rise and increase as interest rates fall.  During 2009, our notes were acutely affected by the heightened liquidity risk prevailing in the market place and our ability to refinance debt.  After our successful fourth quarter 2009 debt refinancing, the fair market values of our notes increased from December 31, 2008 levels.

 

Under certain circumstances, we will pay contingent cash interest to the holder of the 3.0% Notes and the 4.875% Notes commencing on May 10, 2010 and January 15, 2011, respectively.  The contingent cash interest feature for both issuances are embedded derivatives which have negligible fair values.  Our 4.875% Notes and 3.0% Notes have put option features and were partially tendered in November 2009.

 

ITEM 8.          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are filed as exhibits to this report, are listed under Item 15(a)(1) and (2) and are incorporated by reference in this report.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

There were no changes in and/or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure during the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

ITEM 9A.       CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009.

 

The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.  Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

 

The term “internal control over financial reporting,” as defined in Rules 13a-15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, means a process designed by, or under the supervision of our Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

·                  pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

·                  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made in accordance with authorizations of management or our Board of Directors; and

 

·                  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.

 

Assessment of Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2009, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

 

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Based on our assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2009, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

 

Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake.  Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management’s override of the control.  The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

ITEM 9B.       OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.       DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information required by this Item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of shareholders under the caption, “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance”, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and is incorporated by reference in this report.

 

ITEM 11.       EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this Item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of shareholders under the caption, “Executive Compensation”, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and is incorporated by reference in this report.

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required by this Item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of shareholders under the caption, “Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and is incorporated by reference in this report.

 

ITEM 13.       CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this Item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of shareholders under the caption, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence”, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and is incorporated by reference in this report.

 

ITEM 14.       PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this Item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of shareholders under the caption, “Principal Accountant Fees and Services”, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and is incorporated by reference in this report.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.       EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) (1)  Financial Statements

 

The following financial statements required by this item are submitted in a separate section beginning on page F-1 of this report.

 

Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. Financial Statements:

 

Page:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

F-9

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

F-10

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-11

 

(a) (2)  Financial Statements Schedules

 

The following financial statements schedules required by this item are submitted on pages S-1 and S-2 of this Report.

 

Index to Schedules

 

S-1

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

S-2

 

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Financial Statements or the accompanying notes.

 

(a) (3)  Exhibits

 

The following exhibits are filed with this report:

 

EXHIBIT NO.

 

EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998).

3.2

 

Amended By-Laws of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. as further amended by the Second Amendment to the Amended By-Laws of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., dated March 3, 2009. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2009).

4.1

 

Form of Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 17, 1997, between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and First Union National Bank, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on December 16, 1997).

4.2

 

Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 13, 2005, between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly First Union National Bank), as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 21, 2005).

4.3

 

Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2002 among Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and First Union National Bank, as trustee (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).

4.4

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 26, 2002, among Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-103681) filed on March 7, 2003).

4.5

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 8, 2002, among Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-103681) filed on March 7, 2003).

4.6

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2003, among Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union Nation Bank), as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-

 

61



Table of Contents

 

 

 

107522) filed on July 31, 2003).

4.7

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 9, 2003, among Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee. (Incorporated by reference on Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-107522) filed on July 31, 2003).

4.8

 

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 17, 2003, among Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee. (Incorporated by reference on Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-107522) filed on July 31, 2003).

4.9

 

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2003, among Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee. (Incorporated by reference on Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).

4.10

 

Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2003, between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-107522) filed on July 31, 2003).

4.11

 

Senior Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2007, between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2007).

4.12

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2007, between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2007).

4.13

 

Indenture, dated as of October 29, 2009, among Sinclair Television Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2009).

4.14

 

Form of 9.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Note due 2017 (included in Indenture dated October 29, 2009). (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2009).

10.1

 

Common Non-Voting Capital Stock Option between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and William Richard Schmidt, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 33-90682).

10.2

 

Common Non-Voting Capital Stock Option between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and C. Victoria Woodward, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 33-90682).

10.3

 

Common Non-Voting Capital Stock Option between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and Dyson Ehrhardt, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 33-90682).

10.4

 

Common Non-Voting Capital Stock Option between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and Mark Knobloch, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 33-90682).

10.5*

 

First Amendment to Incentive Stock Option Plan for Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., adopted April 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 1996).

10.6*

 

Second Amendment to Incentive Stock Option Plan for Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., adopted May 31, 1996. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 1996).

10.7*

 

1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan for Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 1996).

10.8*

 

First Amendment to 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan for Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the year ended December 31, 1998).

10.9*

 

Employment Agreement by and between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and Frederick G. Smith, dated June 12, 1998. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998).

10.10*

 

Employment Agreement by and between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and J. Duncan Smith, dated June 12, 1998. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998).

10.11*

 

Employment Agreement by and between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc, and David B. Amy, dated September 15, 1998. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998).

10.12*

 

Employment Agreement by and between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and Steven Marks dated February 21, 1997. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).

 

62



Table of Contents

 

10.13*

 

Employment Agreement by and between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and Barry M. Faber dated August 4, 2004. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).

10.14*

 

Director Compensation. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).

10.15*

 

Executive Officer Compensation. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 5, 2005).

10.16*

 

Employment Agreement by and between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and Lucy Rutishauser dated March 19, 2001. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A filed on April 29, 2005).

10.17

 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 1, 2005 and effective July 1, 2005, by and between Cunningham Communications, Inc. (“Lessor”) and Sinclair Communications, LLC, as successor by merger of Chesapeake Television, Inc. (“Lessee”) to the Lease Agreement (the “Agreement”) between Lessor and Lessee, effective as of July 1, 1987, as amended July 1, 1997. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2005).

10.18*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).

10.19*

 

Stock Appreciation Right Agreement between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and David D. Smith dated April 2, 2007. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).

10.20

 

Form of FOX Broadcasting Company Station Affiliation Agreement dated June 26, 2006. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).

10.21

 

Agreement of Lease dated as of March 28, 2008 by and between Beaver Dam Limited Liability Company and Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 3, 2008).

10.22

 

Stock Appreciation Right Agreement between Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., and David D. Smith dated April 1, 2008. Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008).

10.23

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2009, by and among Sinclair Television Group, Inc., JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A and the lenders party thereto. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009).

10.24

 

Amended and restated lease dated as of February 8, 2010 between Gerstell Development Limited Partnership and Sinclair Media I, Inc.

10.25

 

Amended and restated lease dated as of February 8, 2010 between Cunningham Communications, Inc. and Sinclair Communications, LLC.

10.26

 

Amended and restated lease dated as of February 8, 2010 between Keyser Investment Group, Inc. and Sinclair Communications, LLC.

10.27

 

Amended and restated lease dated as of February 8, 2010 between Keyser Investment Group, Inc. and Sinclair Communications, LLC.

12

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

24

 

Power of Attorney; included above registrants signatures of this Form 10-K.

31.1

 

Certification by David D. Smith, as Chief Executive Officer of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., pursuant to § 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. § 7241).

31.2

 

Certification by David B. Amy, as Chief Financial Officer of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., pursuant to § 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. § 7241).

32.1

 

Certification by David D. Smith, as Chief Executive Officer of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. § 1350).

32.2

 

Certification by David B. Amy, as Chief Financial Officer of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. § 1350).

99

 

Stockholders’ Agreement dated April 19, 2005 by and among the Smith Brothers. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 26, 2005).

 


* Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

(b)  Exhibits

The exhibits required by this Item are listed under Item 15 (a) (3).

(c)  Financial Statements Schedules

 

63



Table of Contents

 

The financial statement schedules required by this Item are listed under Item 15 (a) (2).

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this 5th day of March 2010.

 

 

 SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David D. Smith

 

 

David D. Smith

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below under the heading “Signature” constitutes and appoints David B. Amy as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead in any and all capacities to sign any or all amendments to this 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or their substitutes, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done in virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David D. Smith

 

Chairman of the Board, President and

 

 

David D. Smith

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

March 5, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David B. Amy

 

Executive Vice President and

 

 

David B. Amy

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

March 5, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David R. Bochenek

 

Vice President and

 

 

David R. Bochenek

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

March 5, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Frederick G. Smith

 

 

 

 

Frederick G. Smith

 

Director

 

March 5, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. Duncan Smith

 

 

 

 

J. Duncan Smith

 

Director

 

March 5, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert E. Smith

 

 

 

 

Robert E. Smith

 

Director

 

March 5, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Basil A. Thomas

 

 

 

 

Basil A. Thomas

 

Director

 

March 5, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lawrence E. McCanna

 

 

 

 

Lawrence E. McCanna

 

Director

 

March 5, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel C. Keith

 

 

 

 

Daniel C. Keith

 

Director

 

March 5, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martin R. Leader

 

 

 

 

Martin R. Leader

 

Director

 

March 5, 2010

 

64



Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

F-2

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

F-4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

F-5

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

F-6

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

F-9

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

F-10

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-11

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc.

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, of equity (deficit) and other comprehensive (loss) income, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) at December 31, 2009 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a) for the year ended December 31, 2009, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for noncontrolling interests and convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion in 2009.

 

We also have audited the adjustments to the 2008 and 2007 financial statements to retrospectively apply the change in accounting for noncontrolling interests and convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, as described in Note 1. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2008 and 2007 financial statements of the Company other than with respect to the adjustments and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2008 or 2007 financial statements taken as a whole.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Baltimore, Maryland

March 5, 2010

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc.

 

We have audited, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changes in accounting described in Note 1, the consolidated balance sheet of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity (deficit), comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (the 2008 and 2007 financial statements before the effects of the adjustments discussed in Note 1 are not presented herein).  Our audits also included the financial statement schedule as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the years then ended listed in the Index at Item 15(a).  These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the 2008 and 2007 financial statements referred to above, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changes in accounting described in Note 1, present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. at December 31, 2008, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the years then ended, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changes in accounting described in Note 1, taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changes in accounting described in Note 1 and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance about whether such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied.  Those adjustments were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Baltimore, Maryland

 

March 3, 2009

 

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

(See Note 1)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

23,224

 

$

16,470

 

Current portion of restricted cash

 

27,667

 

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,932 and $3,327, respectively

 

106,792

 

107,376

 

Affiliate receivable

 

69

 

65

 

Current portion of program contract costs

 

43,741

 

55,751

 

Income taxes receivable

 

8,073

 

2,334

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

6,130

 

9,453

 

Deferred barter costs

 

2,825

 

2,654

 

Deferred tax assets

 

7,277

 

9,022

 

Total current assets

 

225,798

 

203,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROGRAM CONTRACT COSTS, less current portion

 

16,417

 

27,548

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net

 

296,227

 

336,964

 

RESTRICTED CASH, less current portion

 

37,216

 

 

GOODWILL

 

660,017

 

824,188

 

BROADCAST LICENSES

 

51,988

 

132,422

 

DEFINITE-LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net

 

193,405

 

205,743

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

116,653

 

86,417

 

Total assets

 

$

1,597,721

 

$

1,816,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

3,746

 

$

4,817

 

Accrued liabilities

 

60,523

 

79,584

 

Current portion of notes payable, capital leases and commercial bank financing

 

40,632

 

67,066

 

Current portion of notes payable and capital leases payable to affiliates

 

2,995

 

2,845

 

Current portion of program contracts payable

 

91,995

 

91,366

 

Deferred barter revenues

 

2,810

 

2,657

 

Total current liabilities

 

202,701

 

248,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable, capital leases and commercial bank financing, less current portion

 

1,297,964

 

1,261,506

 

Notes payable and capital leases to affiliates, less current portion

 

24,717

 

30,861

 

Program contracts payable, less current portion

 

48,448

 

81,315

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

177,219

 

204,051

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

48,894

 

49,039

 

Total liabilities

 

1,799,943

 

1,875,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY (DEFICIT):

 

 

 

 

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT):

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 47,375,437 and 46,510,647 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

 

474

 

465

 

Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, 140,000,000 shares authorized, 32,453,859 and 34,453,859 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, convertible into Class A Common Stock

 

325

 

345

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

605,340

 

605,865

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(813,876

)

(678,182

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(4,213

)

(3,495

)

Total Sinclair Broadcast Group shareholders’ deficit

 

(211,950

)

(75,002

)

Noncontrolling interest

 

9,728

 

16,302

 

Total deficit

 

(202,222

)

(58,700

)

Total liabilities and equity (deficit)

 

$

1,597,721

 

$

1,816,407

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

(See Note 1)

 

(See Note 1)

 

REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station broadcast revenues, net of agency commissions

 

$

554,597

 

$

639,163

 

$

622,643

 

Revenues realized from station barter arrangements

 

58,182

 

59,877

 

61,790

 

Other operating divisions revenues

 

43,698

 

55,434

 

33,667

 

Total revenues

 

656,477

 

754,474

 

718,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station production expenses

 

142,415

 

158,965

 

148,707

 

Station selling, general and administrative expenses

 

122,833

 

136,142

 

140,026

 

Expenses recognized from station barter arrangements

 

48,119

 

53,327

 

55,662

 

Amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments

 

73,087

 

84,422

 

96,436

 

Other operating divisions expenses

 

45,520

 

59,987

 

33,023

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

42,892

 

44,765

 

43,147

 

Corporate general and administrative expenses

 

25,632

 

26,285

 

24,334

 

Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets and other assets

 

22,355

 

18,340

 

17,595

 

Gain on asset exchange

 

(4,945

)

(3,187

)

 

Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets

 

249,799

 

463,887

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

767,707

 

1,042,933

 

558,930

 

Operating (loss) income

 

(111,230

)

(288,459

)

159,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

(80,021

)

(87,634

)

(102,228

)

Interest income

 

59

 

743

 

2,228

 

Gain (loss) from sale of assets

 

75

 

66

 

(21

)

Gain (loss) from extinguishment of debt

 

18,465

 

5,451

 

(30,716

)

(Loss) gain from derivative instruments

 

(97

)

999

 

2,592

 

Income (loss) from equity and cost method investments

 

354

 

(2,703

)

601

 

Other income, net

 

1,935

 

1,653

 

1,506

 

Total other expense

 

(59,230

)

(81,425

)

(126,038

)

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(170,460

)

(369,884

)

33,132

 

INCOME TAX BENEFIT (PROVISION)

 

32,512

 

121,362

 

(16,163

)

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

(137,948

)

(248,522

)

16,969

 

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of related income tax (provision) benefit of ($350), ($358) and $270, respectively

 

(81

)

(141

)

1,219

 

Gain from discontinued operations, net of related income tax provision of $0, $0 and $489, respectively

 

 

 

1,065

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 

(138,029

)

(248,663

)

19,253

 

Net loss (income) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 

2,335

 

2,133

 

(279

)

NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP

 

$

(135,694

)

$

(246,530

)

$

18,974

 

Dividends declared per share

 

$

 

$

0.800

 

$

0.625

 

BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations

 

$

(1.70

)

$

(2.87

)

$

0.19

 

Earnings per share from discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

0.03

 

(Loss) earnings per share

 

$

(1.70

)

$

(2.87

)

$

0.22

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

79,981

 

85,794

 

86,991

 

Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding

 

79,981

 

85,794

 

87,092

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP COMMON SHAREHOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax

 

$

(135,613

)

$

(246,389

)

$

16,690

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(81

)

(141

)

1,219

 

Gain from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

1,065

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(135,694

)

$

(246,530

)

$

18,974

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair Broadcast Group Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A
Common
 Stock

 

Class B

Common

Stock

 

Additional

Paid-In

Capital

 

Accumulated

Deficit

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

 

Noncontrolling
Interests
(See Note 1)

 

Total Equity
(Deficit)

(See Note 1)

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2006

 

$

476

 

$

383

 

$

596,667

 

$

(328,406

)

$

(2,475

)

$

684

 

$

267,329

 

Adjustment related to adoption of FIN 48, effective January 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

(589

)

 

 

(589

)

Dividends declared on Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

(54,028

)

 

 

(54,028

)

Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to employee benefit plans and stock options exercised

 

14

 

 

15,638

 

 

 

 

15,652

 

Class B Common Stock converted into Class A Common Stock

 

38

 

(38

)

 

 

 

 

 

Equity component of 3.0% Notes, net of taxes

 

 

 

17,465

 

 

 

 

17,465

 

Issuance of subsidiary stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,463

 

1,463

 

Contributions from noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

641

 

641

 

Tax benefit of nonqualified stock options exercised

 

 

 

1,851

 

 

 

 

1,851

 

Amortization of net periodic pension benefit costs

 

 

 

 

 

544

 

 

544

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

18,974

 

 

279

 

19,253

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2007

 

$

528

 

$

345

 

$

631,621

 

$

(364,049

)

$

(1,931

)

$

3,067

 

$

269,581

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair Broadcast Group Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A
Common
Stock

 

Class B
Common
Stock

 

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

 

Noncontrolling
Interests

(See Note 1)

 

Total Equity
(Deficit)

(See Note 1)

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2007

 

$

528

 

$

345

 

$

631,621

 

$

(364,049

)

$

(1,931

)

$

3,067

 

$

269,581

 

Dividends declared on Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

(67,603

)

 

 

(67,603

)

Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to employee benefit plans

 

4

 

 

4,021

 

 

 

 

4,025

 

Issuance of subsidiary stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,479

 

2,479

 

Contributions from noncontrolling interest, net of distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,989

 

10,989

 

Consolidation of variable interest entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,900

 

1,900

 

Tax provision on employee stock awards

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

(8

)

Change in pension funded status and amortization of net periodic pension benefit costs, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(1,564

)

 

(1,564

)

Repurchase of 6,722,310 shares of Class A Common Stock

 

(67

)

 

(29,769

)

 

 

 

(29,836

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(246,530

)

 

(2,133

)

(248,663

)

BALANCE, December 31, 2008

 

$

465

 

$

345

 

$

605,865

 

$

(678,182

)

$

(3,495

)

$

16,302

 

$

(58,700

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair Broadcast Group Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A
Common
Stock

 

Class B
Common
Stock

 

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

 

Noncontrolling
Interests

(See Note 1)

 

Total Equity
(Deficit)
 (See Note 1)

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2008

 

$

465

 

$

345

 

$

605,865

 

$

(678,182

)

$

(3,495

)

$

16,302

 

$

(58,700

)

Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to employee benefit plans

 

4

 

 

1,378

 

 

 

 

1,382

 

Class B Common Stock converted into Class A Common Stock

 

20

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution from noncontrolling interests, net of distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

26

 

Purchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

(220

)

 

 

(4,807

)

(5,027

)

Repurchase of 1,536,633 shares of Class A Common Stock

 

(15

)

 

(1,439

)

 

 

 

(1,454

)

Removal of noncontrolling interest deficit related to disposition of other operating divisions companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

542

 

542

 

Tax provision on employee stock awards

 

 

 

(244

)

 

 

 

(244

)

Change in pension funded status and amortization of net periodic pension benefit costs, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(718

)

 

(718

)

Net (loss) income

 

 

 

 

(135,694

)

 

(2,335

)

(138,029

)

BALANCE, December 31, 2009

 

$

474

 

$

325

 

$

605,340

 

$

(813,876

)

$

(4,213

)

$

9,728

 

$

(202,222

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

(See note 1)

 

(See note 1)

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(138,029

)

$

(248,663

)

$

19,253

 

Change in pension funded status and amortization of net periodic pension benefit costs, net of taxes

 

(718

)

(1,564

)

544

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

 

(138,747

)

(250,227

)

19,797

 

Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 

2,335

 

2,133

 

(279

)

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

(136,412

)

$

(248,094

)

$

19,518

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(138,029

)

$

(248,663

)

$

19,253

 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

43,217

 

45,027

 

43,432

 

Recognition of deferred revenue

 

(25,512

)

(29,416

)

(19,874

)

Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets

 

249,799

 

463,887

 

 

Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets and other assets

 

22,355

 

18,340

 

17,880

 

Amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments

 

73,087

 

84,422

 

96,593

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt, non-cash portion

 

(18,465

)

2,000

 

3,431

 

Original debt issuance discount paid

 

(18,176

)

 

 

Deferred tax (benefit) provision related to operations

 

(24,949

)

(121,077

)

31,743

 

Other, Net

 

9,777

 

22,312

 

21,229

 

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease in accounts receivable, net

 

823

 

22,884

 

7,531

 

(Increase) decrease in taxes receivable

 

(5,739

)

13,938

 

(10,124

)

Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

12,654

 

14,465

 

17,733

 

Decrease (increase) in other assets and liabilities

 

6,778

 

5,937

 

(5,013

)

Payments on program contracts payable

 

(82,184

)

(82,285

)

(78,038

)

Net cash flows from operating activities

 

105,436

 

211,771

 

145,776

 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

(7,693

)

(25,169

)

(22,823

)

Consolidation of variable interest entity

 

 

1,328

 

 

Purchase of alarm monitoring contracts

 

(12,291

)

(7,675

)

 

Payments for acquisition of television stations

 

 

(17,123

)

 

Payments for acquisitions of other operating divisions companies

 

 

(53,487

)

(39,075

)

Increase in restricted cash

 

(64,883

)

 

 

Dividends and distributions from cost method investees

 

1,501

 

1,575

 

583

 

Investments in equity and cost method investees

 

(10,601

)

(41,971

)

(16,384

)

Proceeds from the sale of assets

 

126

 

199

 

696

 

Proceeds from the sale of broadcast assets related to discontinued operations

 

 

 

21,036

 

Loans to affiliates

 

(162

)

(178

)

(160

)

Proceeds from loans to affiliates

 

157

 

179

 

157

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

 

(93,846

)

(142,322

)

(55,970

)

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases

 

980,875

 

274,643

 

751,609

 

Repayments of notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases

 

(931,566

)

(255,597

)

(840,642

)

Purchase of noncontrolling interest

 

(5,000

)

 

 

Repurchase of Class A Common Stock

 

(1,454

)

(29,836

)

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options, including excess tax benefits of $0 million, $0 million and $1.9 million, respectively

 

 

 

13,379

 

Dividends paid on Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

(16,038

)

(66,683

)

(49,490

)

Payments for deferred financing costs

 

(28,815

)

(524

)

(7,065

)

Proceeds from derivative terminations

 

 

8,001

 

 

Contributions/distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

26

 

(637

)

35

 

Repayments of notes and capital leases to affiliates

 

(2,864

)

(3,326

)

(4,060

)

Net cash flows used in financing activities

 

(4,836

)

(73,959

)

(136,234

)

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

6,754

 

(4,510

)

(46,428

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

 

16,470

 

20,980

 

67,408

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

 

$

23,224

 

$

16,470

 

$

20,980

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.              NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

 

 

Nature of Operations

 

Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. is a diversified television broadcasting company that owns or provides certain programming, operating or sales services to television stations pursuant to broadcasting licenses that are granted by the Federal Communications Commission (the FCC or Commission).  We currently own, provide programming and operating services pursuant to local marketing agreements (LMAs) or provide, or are provided, sales services pursuant to outsourcing agreements to 58 television stations in 35 markets.  For the purpose of this report, these 58 stations are referred to as “our” stations.  Our broadcast group is a single reportable segment for accounting purposes and includes the following network affiliations: FOX (20 stations); MyNetworkTV (17 stations; as of September 2009 no longer accounted for as a network affiliation, however is branded as such); ABC (9 stations); The CW (9 stations); CBS (2 stations) and NBC (1 station).

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries and variable interest entities (VIEs) for which we are the primary beneficiary.  Noncontrolling interest represents a minority owner’s proportionate share of the equity in certain of our consolidated entities.  All significant intercompany transactions and account balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

We account for the results of historical operations of WGGB-TV in Springfield, Massachusetts in accordance with guidance for discontinued operations.  Discontinued operations have not been segregated in the consolidated statements of cash flows and, therefore, amounts for certain captions will not agree with the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations.  The operating results of WGGB-TV are not included in our consolidated results from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.  See Note 12. Discontinued Operations, for additional information.

 

Variable Interest Entities

 

We consolidate VIEs when we are the primary beneficiary.  All debt held by our VIEs is non-recourse to us.  However, certain VIE debt contains cross-default provisions with our Bank Credit Agreement.  See Note 5. Notes Payable and Commercial Bank Financing for more information.

 

Our application to acquire the FCC license of WNAB-TV in Nashville, Tennessee is pending FCC approval.  As a result, we have an outsourcing agreement with WNAB-TV to provide certain non-programming related sales, operational and administrative services to WNAB-TV.  Based on the terms of the outsourcing agreement, we are considered to have a variable interest in WNAB-TV.  We have determined that the WNAB-TV is a VIE and that we are the primary beneficiary of the variable interests.  As a result, we consolidate the assets and liabilities of WNAB-TV.

 

Our applications to acquire the FCC licenses of all the television stations owned by Cunningham Broadcasting Corporation (Cunningham) are pending FCC approval.  We have a Local Marketing Agreement (LMA) as well as an acquisition agreement with each of the television stations that are considered to create variable interests in the license asset entities.  We have determined that the Cunningham license asset entities are VIEs and that, based on the terms of the agreements, we are the primary beneficiary of the variable interests.  As a result, we consolidate the assets and liabilities of Cunningham.

 

During 2008, we entered into an agreement with an unrelated third party for the right to acquire the FCC license of KFXA-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, pending FCC approval.  We have determined that KFXA-TV is a VIE and that we are the primary beneficiary of the variable interests of KFXA-TV as a result of the terms of our outsourcing agreement and purchase option.  As a result, we consolidate the assets and liabilities of KFXA-TV.

 

The consolidated financial position and results of operations of WNAB-TV, KFXA-TV and Cunningham are included in the broadcast segment.

 

During 2007 and 2008, we made investments in four real estate ventures considered to be VIEs.  We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary of the variable interests in these entities; as a result, we consolidate the assets and liabilities of these entities. The activities of the real estate ventures are not material to our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and in the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Broadcast Segment Acquisitions

 

In February 2008, we acquired the non-license assets of KFXA-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa for $17.1 million, net of cash acquired, and the right to purchase license assets, pending FCC approval, for $1.9 million.  Our CBS affiliate in Cedar Rapids, KGAN-TV, provides sales and other non-programming related services to KFXA-TV pursuant to an outsourcing agreement.

 

Other Operating Divisions Segment Acquisitions

 

In March 2008, we acquired a 50% equity interest in Bay Creek South, LLC (Bay Creek).  Bay Creek is a land development venture that primarily includes residential and commercial unimproved and improved land surrounding two golf courses on Virginia’s eastern shore.  In conjunction with the equity investment, we purchased certain of Bay Creek’s outstanding debt that was used to finance improvements to and the development of land in the venture.  Our total cash, debt and equity investment in Bay Creek, including transaction costs, was $35.2 million, net of cash acquired.  Approximately $0.8 million of the $35.2 million investment was funded through the conversion of an existing bridge loan to a portion of the 50% equity interest.  Based on our role as the day-to-day manager and our ability to control all major decisions of the venture, the accounts of Bay Creek are included in our consolidated financial statements.  Approximately $11.8 million of debt was assumed by us through the consolidation of Bay Creek; however, this debt was subsequently paid down to a zero balance at March 31, 2008.  As of December 31, 2008, the purchase price allocation was finalized resulting in approximately $32.0 million of property, equipment and land being included in property and equipment, net, and $17.6 million of a purchase option intangible included in definite-lived intangible assets, net, in our consolidated balance sheet.  During 2009, we purchased an additional 25.0% interest in Bay Creek for $5.0 million bringing our total equity interest to 75.0%.

 

In June 2008, we acquired Jefferson Park Development, LLC (Jefferson Park) for $19.0 million.  Jefferson Park is a mixed use land development project located in Frederick County, Maryland, a suburb of Washington, D.C.

 

We consolidate the financial statements of these entities.  Their results are included in the financial statements from the date of their acquisition.  These acquisitions are not material to our consolidated financial statements.  These acquisitions are shown in the statement of cash flows as payments for acquisitions of other operating divisions companies.

 

Nonmonetary Asset Exchanges

 

In 2004, Sprint Nextel Corporation (Nextel) agreed to relocate its airwaves to end interference between its cellular signals and the wireless signals used by the country’s public safety agencies.  As part of this agreement, the FCC granted Nextel the right to a certain spectrum within the 1.9 GHz band that was used by television broadcasters for electronic news gathering.  Accordingly, Nextel has entered into agreements with several of our stations to exchange our existing analog equipment for comparable digital equipment.  As equipment is exchanged and placed in service, we record a gain to the extent that the fair market value of the equipment received exceeds the carrying amount of the equipment relinquished.  The equipment is recorded at the estimated fair market value and is depreciated over a useful life of eight years.  For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we recorded a gain of $4.9 million and $3.2 million, respectively, for the equipment received.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent’s equity.  The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest is included in consolidated net income on the face of the statement of operations.  Changes in a parent’s ownership interest that result in deconsolidation of a subsidiary will result in the recognition of a gain or loss in net income when the subsidiary is deconsolidated.  The guidance also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its noncontrolling interest.  The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  We applied the requirements of this guidance retrospectively to our consolidated financial statements resulting in a change to the presentation of loss attributable to noncontrolling interest and net income (loss) attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group on the face of the income statement for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.  We also reclassified minority interest in consolidated entities at December 31, 2008 to the equity (deficit) section of the balance sheet and renamed it noncontrolling interest.

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

In May 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires issuers of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion to account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods.  Issuers were required to determine the carrying value of just the liability portion of the debt by measuring the fair value of a similar liability (including any embedded features other than the conversion option) that does not have an associated equity component.  The excess of the initial proceeds received from the debt issuance and the fair value of the liability component are recorded as a debt discount with the offset recorded to equity.  The discount is amortized to interest expense using the interest method over the life of a similar liability that does not have an associated equity component.  Transaction costs incurred with third parties shall be allocated between the liability and equity components in proportion to the allocation of proceeds and accounted for as debt issuance costs and equity issuance costs, respectively, with the debt issuance costs amortized to interest expense.  This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  In 2009, we recorded the impact of this guidance retrospectively by recording additional interest expense on our 3.0% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2027 (the 3.0% Notes) related to the amortization of the debt discount and deferred financing costs of approximately $9.9 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  As of December 31, 2008, accumulated deficit increased, net of taxes, $8.8 million and additional paid in capital increased $17.5 million as a result of the retrospective impact of this guidance.  As of December 31, 2007, accumulated deficit increased, net of taxes, $3.7 million and additional paid in capital increased $17.5 million as a result of the retrospective impact of this guidance.  In addition, the adjusted net income attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 decreased $5.0 million and $3.7 million, respectively, with a resulting decrease to earnings per share of $0.06 and $0.04, respectively.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, the application of this new guidance increased our net loss attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group approximately $8.7 million and resulted in an approximate increase to loss per share of $0.11.  See Note 5. Notes Payable and Commercial Bank Financing for additional information.

 

In April 2008, the FASB issued amended guidance for determining the useful life of an intangible asset.  The guidance amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under the accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets.  This guidance applies to (1) intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets and (2) intangible assets acquired in both business combinations and asset acquisitions. Historical experience renewing or extending similar arrangements or in the absence of such experience, assumptions that market participants would use about renewal or extension adjusted for entity specific factors should be considered.   This guidance includes expanded disclosure requirements that enable users of financial statements to assess the extent to which the expected future cash flows associated with the asset are affected by the entity’s intent and/or ability to renew or extend the arrangement.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years.  The guidance for determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset shall be applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after the effective date.  The disclosure requirements shall be applied prospectively to all intangible assets recognized as of, and subsequent to, the effective date.  This guidance could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements if we make future acquisitions.

 

In March 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance related to the accounting for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies.  The guidance requires that an asset or liability arising from a contingency in a business combination be recognized at fair value if fair value can be reasonably determined.  If the fair value cannot be reasonably determined, the asset or liability should be accounted for in accordance with other GAAP, specifically the current accounting guidance related to accounting for contingencies.  This guidance requires that assets and liabilities arising from contingencies be subsequently measured and accounted for using a systematic and rational basis depending on their nature.  The amended guidance is effective for acquisitions that occur on January 1, 2009 or later.  We did not make any acquisitions during 2009.  This guidance could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements if we make future acquisitions.

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance which identifies the factors that a reporting entity should evaluate to determine whether there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability when compared with normal market activity for the asset or liability and factors to consider related to whether a transaction is orderly. When there has been a significant decrease in the volume of activity or the transaction is not orderly, a significant adjustment to the transaction or quoted prices may be necessary to estimate fair value in accordance with the accounting guidance for fair value measurements.  This amended guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for the quarter ended after March 15, 2009.  This guidance does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance that requires fair value disclosures of financial instruments in both interim and annual financial statements.  This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009.  In periods after the initial adoption, this guidance requires comparative disclosures only for periods ending subsequent to the initial adoption.  We added the required disclosures to our consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2009, the FASB issued new guidance on subsequent events.   This guidance establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur subsequent to the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued.  This guidance does not result in significant changes in the subsequent events that an entity reports in its financial statements.  It requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date, that is, whether that date represents the date financial statements were issued or were available to be issued.  This disclosure would alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented.  The guidance is effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009.  Subsequently, the FASB issued new guidance specifically stating that entities that file financial statements with the SEC shall evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued but are not required to disclose that date in the financial statements.  We added this disclosure to our consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance on the consolidation of variable interest entities.  The intent of this guidance is to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities and to provide more relevant and reliable information to users of financial statements.  The new guidance will require a number of new disclosures and companies are required to perform ongoing reassessments of whether they are the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity.  This guidance is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter.  We have not determined the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the Codification) as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP).  The Codification significantly changes the way that accounting literature is organized but does not change U.S. GAAP.  The Codification completely replaces the existing accounting standards and therefore it will affect the way U.S. GAAP is referenced by companies in their existing financial statements and accounting policies.  The Codification is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after September 15, 2009.  The Codification does not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2009, the FASB ratified the Emerging Issues Task Force’s amended guidance on accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.  The amended guidance allows the use of an estimated selling price for the undelivered units of accounting in transactions in which vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) or third-party evidence (TPE) does not exist.  The amended guidance no longer allows the use of the residual method when allocating arrangement consideration between the delivered and undelivered units of accounting if VSOE and TPE of selling price does not exist for all units of accounting.  Entities are required to estimate the selling price of the deliverables, when VSOE and TPE are not available, and then allocate the consideration based on the relative selling prices of the deliverables.  This guidance also requires additional disclosures including the amount of revenue recognized each reporting period and the amount of deferred revenue as of the end of each reporting period under this guidance.  This guidance is effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2010 and should be applied on a prospective basis.  We have not determined the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2009, the FASB updated the Codification to provide further guidance on how to measure the fair value of a liability.  The updated guidance sets forth the types of valuation techniques to be used to value a liability when a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. It clarifies that a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. It clarifies that both a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability at the measurement date and the quoted price for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market when no adjustments to the quoted price of the asset are required are Level 1 fair value measurements.  The update is effective for the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after issuance.  This guidance does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2010, the FASB amended the guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures to add two new disclosure provisions to the current fair value disclosure guidance, including (1) details of transfers in and out of level 1 and level 2 measurements, and (2) gross presentation of activity within the level 3 roll forward.  The guidance also amends two existing fair value disclosure requirements so that entities are required to disclose (1) the valuation techniques and inputs used to develop fair value measurements for assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on both a recurring basis and nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to initial recognition and (2) fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities.  A class is defined as a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the statement of financial position.  The guidance is for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the changes to the level 3 roll forward which are

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010.  We have not determined the impact of this amended guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

Restricted Cash

 

As of December 31, 2009, we held $64.4 million in a restricted cash collateral account to be used for the redemption of the remaining $27.7 million aggregate principal amount of 3.0% Notes and $37.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Notes.  Any unused funds with respect to each series of notes held in the cash collateral account will be released to us after the expiration of the put options in May 2010 for the 3.0% Notes and in January 2011 for the 4.875% Notes, and such funds may be used for general corporate purposes.  $27.7 million of the restricted cash related to the May 2010 put option was classified as current.  Additionally, under the terms of certain lease agreements, we are required to hold $0.5 million of restricted cash related to the removal of analog equipment from some of our leased towers.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Management regularly reviews accounts receivable and determines an appropriate estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the impact of economic conditions on the merchant’s ability to pay, past collection experience and such other factors which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition.  In turn, a provision is charged against earnings in order to maintain the appropriate allowance level.

 

Programming

 

We have agreements with distributors for the rights to television programming over contract periods, which generally run from one to seven years.  Contract payments are made in installments over terms that are generally equal to or shorter than the contract period.  Pursuant to accounting guidance for the broadcasting industry, an asset and a liability for the rights acquired and obligations incurred under a license agreement are reported on the balance sheet where the cost of each program is known or reasonably determinable, the program material has been accepted by the licensee in accordance with the conditions of the license agreement and the program is available for its first showing or telecast. The portion of program contracts which becomes payable within one year is reflected as a current liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

The rights to this programming are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated net realizable value.  Estimated net realizable values are based on management’s expectation of future advertising revenues, net of sales commissions, to be generated by the program material.  With the exception of one-year contracts amortization of program contract costs is computed using either a four-year accelerated method or based on usage, whichever method results in the most amortization for each program.  Program contract cost are amortized on a straight-line basis for one-year contracts.  Program contract costs estimated by management to be amortized in the succeeding year are classified as current assets.  Payments of program contract liabilities are typically made on a scheduled basis and are not affected by adjustments for amortization or estimated net realizable value.

 

Barter Arrangements

 

Certain program contracts provide for the exchange of advertising airtime in lieu of cash payments for the rights to such programming.  The revenues realized from station barter arrangements are recorded as the programs are aired at the estimated fair value of the advertising airtime given in exchange for the program rights.  Network programming is excluded from these calculations.  Revenues are recorded as revenues realized from station barter arrangements and the corresponding expenses are

recorded as expenses recognized from station barter arrangements.  In conjunction with the 2009 termination of our MyNetworkTV affiliation agreements described in Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies, starting in September 2009 our relationship with MyNetworkTV was accounted for as a station barter arrangement.

 

We broadcast certain customers’ advertising in exchange for equipment, merchandise and services.  The estimated fair value of the equipment, merchandise or services received is recorded as deferred barter costs and the corresponding obligation to broadcast advertising is recorded as deferred barter revenues.  The deferred barter costs are expensed or capitalized as they are used, consumed or received and are included in station production expenses and station selling, general and administrative expenses, as applicable.  Deferred barter revenues are recognized as the related advertising is aired and are recorded in revenues realized from station barter arrangements.

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

Other Assets

 

Other assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

Equity and cost method investments

 

$

75,176

 

$

67,352

 

Unamortized costs related to debt issuances

 

30,913

 

9,611

 

Tax contingency receivable

 

7,692

 

7,443

 

Other

 

2,872

 

2,011

 

Total other assets

 

$

116,653

 

$

86,417

 

 

We have equity and cost method investments in private investment funds, real estate ventures and privately held small businesses.  These investments are included in our other operating divisions segment.  In the event that one or more of our investments are significant, we are required to disclose summarized financial information.  For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, none of our investments were significant individually or in the aggregate.

 

When factors indicate that there may be a decrease in value of an equity or cost method investment, we assess that investment and determine whether a loss in value has occurred.  If that loss is deemed to be other than temporary, an impairment loss is recorded accordingly.  For any investments that indicate a potential impairment, we estimate the fair values of those investments using discounted cash flow models, unrelated third party valuations or industry comparables, based on the various facts available to us.  As a result of these reviews, we recorded an impairment of $1.0 million in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007.  No impairment was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009 or 2008.

 

In addition to our equity and cost method investments mentioned above, we hold one loan in a real estate venture.  During 2008, we reserved 100% of the loan through a $3.9 million charge to other operating divisions expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Impairment of Intangible and Long-Lived Assets

 

The accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets requires that goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets be tested for impairment at least annually.  The guidance prescribes a two-step method for determining goodwill impairment. In the first step, the Company determines the fair value of the reporting unit and compares that fair value to the net book value of the reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit is determined using various valuation techniques, including quoted market prices, observed earnings /cash flow multiples paid for comparable television stations and discounted cash flow models.  If the net book value of the reporting unit were to exceed the fair value, we would then perform the second step of the impairment test, which requires allocation of the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, with any residual fair value being allocated to goodwill. An impairment charge will be recognized only when the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill is less than its carrying amount.  Broadcast licenses are analyzed at the market level.  When evaluating whether a broadcast license is impaired, we compare the fair value of the broadcast licenses to the carrying amount of those same broadcast licenses.  If the carrying amount of the broadcast licenses exceeds the fair value, then an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying value of the broadcast licenses exceeds the fair value.

 

We periodically evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment and continue to evaluate them as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable.  We evaluate the recoverability of long-lived assets by measuring the carrying amount of the assets against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with them.  At the time that such evaluations indicate that the future undiscounted cash flows of certain long-lived assets are not sufficient to recover the carrying value of such assets, the assets are tested for impairment by comparing their estimated fair value to the carrying value.  We typically estimate fair value using discounted cash flow models and appraisals.  See Note 4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, for more information.

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

Accrued Liabilities

 

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

Compensation

 

$

13,989

 

$

14,985

 

Interest

 

16,653

 

10,161

 

Dividends payable

 

 

16,038

 

Other accruals relating to operating expenses

 

20,093

 

27,566

 

Deferred revenue

 

9,788

 

10,834

 

Total accrued liabilities

 

$

60,523

 

$

79,584

 

 

We do not accrue for repair and maintenance activities in advance of planned or unplanned major maintenance activities.  We expense these activities when incurred.

 

Income Taxes

 

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.  We provide a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if we determine, based on the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  As of December 31, 2009, valuation allowances have been provided for a substantial amount of our available state net operating losses.   Management periodically performs a comprehensive review of our tax positions and accrues amounts for tax contingencies.  Based on these reviews, the status of ongoing audits and the expiration of applicable statute of limitations, accruals are adjusted as necessary in accordance with income tax accounting guidance.

 

Supplemental Information — Statements of Cash Flows

 

During 2009, 2008 and 2007, we had the following cash transactions (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Income taxes paid related to continuing operations

 

$

537

 

$

3,477

 

$

258

 

Income tax refunds received related to continuing operations

 

$

2,975

 

$

11,810

 

$

7,756

 

Income tax refunds received related to discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

5,501

 

$

157

 

Interest paid

 

$

61,266

 

$

73,041

 

$

97,649

 

Premium payments related to extinguishment of debt

 

$

 

$

301

 

$

27,285

 

Debt assumed in conjunction with the acquisition of other operating divisions companies

 

$

 

$

 

$

7,120

 

 

Non-cash barter and trade expense are presented in the consolidated statements of operations.  Non-cash transactions related to capital lease obligations were $2.3 million, $10.0 million and $8.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Debt assumed in conjunction with the acquisition of other operating divisions companies is non-recourse to us.

 

Local Marketing Agreements

 

We generally enter into LMAs and similar arrangements with stations located in markets in which we already own and operate a station.  Under the terms of these agreements, we make specified periodic payments to the owner-operator in exchange for the right to program and sell advertising on a specific portion of the station’s inventory of broadcast time.  Nevertheless, as the holder of the FCC license, the owner-operator retains control and responsibility for the operation of the station, including responsibility over all programming content broadcast on the station.

 

Included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are net revenues of $100.9 million, $109.7 million and $109.3 million, respectively, that relate to LMAs.

 

Outsourcing Agreements

 

We have entered into outsourcing agreements in which our stations provide, or are provided, various non-programming related services such as sales, operational and managerial services to, or by, other stations.

 

F-17



 

Table of Contents

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Total revenues include: (i) cash and barter advertising revenues, net of agency commissions; (ii) retransmission consent fees; (iii) network compensation; (iv) other broadcast revenues and (v) revenues from our other operating divisions.

 

Advertising revenues, net of agency commissions, are recognized in the period during which time spots are aired.

 

Our retransmission consent agreements contain both advertising and retransmission consent elements.  We have determined that our retransmission consent agreements are revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.  Advertising and retransmission consent deliverables sold under our agreements are separated into different units of accounting at fair value.   Revenue applicable to the advertising element of the arrangement is recognized similar to the advertising revenue policy noted above.  Revenue applicable to the retransmission consent element of the arrangement is recognized ratably over the life of the agreement.

 

Network compensation revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract.  All other significant revenues are recognized as services are provided.

 

Advertising Expenses

 

Advertising expenses are recorded in the period when incurred and are included in station production expenses.  Total advertising expenses from continuing operations, net of advertising co-op credits, were $3.9 million, $7.6 million and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Financial Instruments

 

Financial instruments, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, consisted of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, notes receivable (which are included in other current assets), derivatives, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and notes payable.  The carrying amounts approximate fair value for each of these financial instruments, except for the notes payable.  See Note 5. Notes Payable and Commercial Bank Financing, for additional information regarding the fair value of notes payable.

 

Pension

 

We are required to recognize the funded status (i.e., the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligations) of our pension plan in our consolidated financial statements.  At adoption, in 2006, we recorded an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive loss of $2.5 million (net of taxes of $1.7 million) that represented the net unrecognized actuarial losses which we previously netted against the plan’s funded status in our consolidated financial statements.  As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we held a liability of $3.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively, representing the under funded status of our defined benefit pension plan.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years’ consolidated financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

2.              STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS:

 

Description of Awards

 

We have seven types of stock-based compensation awards: compensatory stock options (options), restricted stock awards (RSAs), an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP), employer matching contributions (the Match) for participants in our 401(k) plan, stock-settled appreciation rights (SARS), subsidiary stock awards and stock grants to our non-employee directors.  Below is a summary of the key terms and methods of valuation of our stock-based compensation awards:

 

Options.  In June 1996, our Board of Directors adopted, upon approval of the shareholders by proxy, the 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).  The purpose of the LTIP is to reward key individuals for making major contributions to our success and the success of our subsidiaries and to attract and retain the services of qualified and capable employees.  Options granted pursuant to the LTIP must be exercised within 10 years following the grant date.  A total of 14,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock are reserved for awards under this plan.  As of December 31, 2009, 11,294,259 shares (including forfeited shares) were available for future grants.

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

The following is a summary of changes in outstanding stock options:

 

 

 

Options

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

 

Exercisable

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008 2009 Activity:

 

506,250

 

$

12.45

 

506,250

 

$

12.45

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(116,750

)

18.14

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

 

389,500

 

$

10.74

 

389,500

 

$

10.74

 

 

RSAs.  RSAs are granted to employees pursuant to the LTIP.  RSAs have certain restrictions that lapse over three years at 25%, 25% and 50%, respectively.  As the restrictions lapse, the Class A Common Stock may be freely traded on the open market.  We awarded 95,500 RSAs that had a fair value of $8.94 per share and 55,500 RSAs that had a fair value of $15.78 per share on April 1, 2008 and April 2, 2007, respectively. The fair value assumes the value of the stock on the trading date immediately prior to the grant date.  No RSAs were granted in 2009, however, 750 RSAs were forfeited.  As of December 31, 2009, 91,625 shares were vested.  For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded expense of $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively.  This expense reduced our consolidated income, but it had no effect on our consolidated cash flows.  RSAs are included in total equivalent shares outstanding at the end of each period, which results in a dilutive effect on our basic and diluted loss per share.

 

ESPP.  In March 1998, the Board of Directors adopted, subject to approval of the shareholders, the ESPP.  The ESPP provides our employees with an opportunity to become shareholders through a convenient arrangement for purchasing shares of Class A Common Stock.  On the first day of each payroll deduction period, each participating employee receives options to purchase a number of shares of our common stock with money that is withheld from his or her paycheck. The number of shares available to the participating employee is determined at the end of the payroll deduction period by dividing the total amount of money withheld during the payroll deduction period by the exercise price of the options (as described below). Options granted under the ESPP to employees are automatically exercised to purchase shares on the last day of the payroll deduction period unless the participating employee has, at least thirty days earlier, requested that his or her payroll contributions stop.  Any cash accumulated in an employee’s account for a period in which an employee elects not to participate is distributed to the employee.

 

The initial exercise price for options under the ESPP is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the common stock as of the first day of the quarter and as of the last day of that quarter. No participant can purchase more than $25,000 worth of our common stock over all payroll deduction periods ending during the same calendar year.  We value the stock options under the ESPP using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which incorporates the following assumptions as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.28

%

1.36

%

5.23

%

Expected life

 

91 days

 

91 days

 

91 days

 

Expected volatility

 

137.40

%

117.70

%

38.38

%

Annual dividend yield

 

0.00

%

15.22

%

5.60

%

 

We use the Black-Scholes model as opposed to a lattice pricing model because employee exercise patterns are not relevant to this plan.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  The expected life is based on the approximate number of days in the quarter assuming the option was issued on the first day of the quarter.  The expected volatility is based on our historical stock prices over the previous 90-day period.  The annual dividend yield is based on the annual dividend per share divided by the share price on the grant date.

 

The stock-based compensation expense recorded related to the ESPP for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.  Less than 0.4 million shares were issued to employees during the year ended December 31, 2009.  This expense reduced our consolidated income, but it had no effect on our consolidated cash flows.  Additionally, options issued under the ESPP are included in the total shares outstanding at the end of each period, which results in a dilutive effect on our basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

Match.  The Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the 401(k) Plan) is available as a benefit for our eligible employees.  Contributions made to the 401(k) Plan include an employee elected salary reduction amount, company-matching contributions (the Match) and an additional discretionary amount determined each year by the Board of Directors.  The Match and any discretionary contributions may be made using our Class A Common Stock if the Board of Directors so chooses.  Typically, we make the Match using our Class A Common Stock.

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

The value of the Match is based on the level of elective deferrals into the 401(k) plan.  The amount of shares of our Class A Common Stock used to make the Match is determined using the closing price on or about March 1st of each year for the previous calendar year’s Match.  The Match is discretionary and is equal to a maximum of 50% of elective deferrals by eligible employees, capped at 4% of the employee’s total cash compensation.  For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded zero, $2.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of compensation expense related to the Match. We did not make a 401(k) plan Match in 2009.

 

SARs.  On April 1, 2008, 350,000 SARs were granted to David Smith, our President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the LTIP.  The base value of each SAR is $8.94 per share, which was the closing price of our Class A Common Stock on the grant date.  The SARs had a grant date fair value of $0.5 million.  On April 2, 2007, 200,000 SARs were granted to David Smith pursuant to the LTIP.  The base value of each SAR is $15.78 per share, which was the closing price of our Class A Common Stock on the grant date. The SARs had a grant date fair value of $1.0 million. The SARs have a 10-year term and vest immediately.  No SARS were granted in 2009.  We valued the SARs using the Black-Scholes model and the following assumptions:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.25

%

5.17

%

Expected life

 

10 years

 

10 years

 

Expected volatility

 

46.10

%

36.16

%

Annual dividend yield

 

9.23

%

3.96

%

 

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we recorded compensation expense of $0.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively, related to these grants.  This expense reduced our consolidated income, but had no effect on our consolidated cash flows.  During 2009, 2008 and 2007, these SARs had no effect on the shares used in our basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

Subsidiary Stock Awards.  From time to time, we grant subsidiary stock awards to employees.  The subsidiary stock is typically in the form of a membership interest in a consolidated limited liability company, not traded on a public exchange and valued based on the estimated fair value of the subsidiary.  Fair value is typically estimated using discounted cash flow models and appraisals.  These stock awards vest immediately.  For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we recorded compensation expense of $2.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively, related to these awards. We did not issue any subsidiary stock awards in 2009.  This expense reduced our consolidated income, but had no effect on our consolidated cash flows.  These awards have no effect on the shares used in our basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

Stock Grants to Non-Employee Directors.  In addition to directors fees paid, on the date of each of our annual meetings of shareholders, each non-employee director receives a grant of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the LTIP.  In 2009, 2008 and 2007, each non-employee director received 5,000 shares, respectively.  On June 4, 2009, May 15, 2008 and May 10, 2007, we granted 25,000 shares that had a fair value of $2.09 per share, 25,000 shares that had a fair value of $9.28 per share and 25,000 shares that had a fair value of $15.27 per share, respectively. The fair value assumes the closing value of the stock on the date of grant.  We recorded an expense of less than $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.4 million on the date of grant for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  This expense reduced our consolidated income, but it had no effect on our consolidated cash flows.  Additionally, these shares are included in the total shares outstanding, which results in a dilutive effect on our basic and diluted loss per share.

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

3.              PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is computed under the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Buildings and improvements

 

10 - 30 years

 

Station equipment

 

5 - 10 years

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

5 - 10 years

 

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of 10 - 30 years or lease term

 

Automotive equipment

 

3 - 5 years

 

Property and equipment under capital leases

 

Lease term

 

 

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

Land and improvements

 

$

20,060

 

$

20,598

 

Real estate held for development and sale

 

52,049

 

49,567

 

Buildings and improvements

 

91,396

 

88,137

 

Station equipment

 

345,809

 

372,121

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

44,120

 

45,222

 

Leasehold improvements

 

15,286

 

15,593

 

Automotive equipment

 

12,006

 

12,591

 

Capital leased assets

 

80,483

 

94,842

 

Construction in progress

 

1,368

 

3,998

 

 

 

662,577

 

702,669

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(366,350

)

(365,705

)

 

 

$

296,227

 

$

336,964

 

 

Capital leased assets are related to building, tower and station equipment leases.  Depreciation related to capital leases is included in depreciation expense in the consolidated statements of operations.  We recorded capital lease depreciation expense of $4.7 million, $5.3 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Approximately, $18.3 million of property and equipment related to consolidated VIEs for each of 2009 and 2008.

 

4.                          GOODWILL, BROADCAST LICENSES AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

 

Goodwill and broadcast licenses are required to be tested for impairment at least annually.  We test our broadcast licenses and goodwill annually during the fourth quarter each year and between annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that indicate that the fair value of our reporting units or licenses may be below their carrying amount.  During the first quarter of 2009, due to the severity of the economic downturn and the decrease in our market capitalization, we tested our goodwill and broadcast licenses for impairment similar to the testing performed in the fourth quarter of 2008.  We did not have any indicators of impairment in the second or third quarters of 2009 and therefore did not perform impairment tests for those periods.  We performed our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2009.

 

When evaluating whether goodwill is impaired, we aggregate our stations by market for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing.  We believe that our markets are most representative of our broadcast reporting units because we view, manage and evaluate our stations on a market basis.  Furthermore, in our markets operated as duopolies, certain costs of operating the stations are shared including the use of buildings and equipment, the sales force and administrative personnel.  We then compare the fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate the fair market value of our reporting units using a combination of quoted market prices, observed earnings/cash flow multiples paid for comparable television stations, and discounted cash flow models.  Our discounted cash flow model is based on our judgment of future market conditions within each designated market area, as well as discount rates that would be used by market participants in an arms-length transaction.  If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the amount of the impairment loss must be measured. The impairment loss is calculated by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill to its carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amount assigned to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

When evaluating our broadcast licenses for impairment, the testing is done at the unit of accounting level using the income approach method. The income approach method involves an eight-year model that incorporates several variables, including, but not limited to, discounted cash flows of a typical market participant, market revenue and long term growth projections, estimated market share for the typical participant and estimated profit margins based on market size and station type. The model also assumes outlays for capital expenditures, future terminal values, an effective tax rate assumption and a discount rate based on the weighted-average cost of capital of the television broadcast industry.

 

The impairment charge taken during the year ended December 31, 2008 was primarily due to the severe economic downturn during the fourth quarter and, as a result, we made further revisions to our forecasted cash flows, cash flow multiples and discount rates.  Broadcast licenses were impaired in 31 of 35 markets.  We recorded goodwill impairment in four markets including Flint/Saginaw/Bay City, Michigan; Las Vegas, Nevada; Springfield/Champaign, Illinois and St. Louis, Missouri.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2008, certain events led us to test our goodwill associated with an other operating division company, Acrodyne Communications, Inc.  As a result of this testing, we recorded a $1.6 million impairment charge in our consolidated statements of operations.  There was no impairment related to our other operating division companies for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

We recorded an impairment charge in the first quarter of 2009 based on an interim impairment test performed as a result of the severe economic downturn and continued decrease in our market capitalization.  As a result of this test, we recorded $69.5 million and $60.6 million in impairment charges related to our goodwill and broadcast licenses, respectively, in the first quarter of 2009.  Broadcast licenses were impaired in 28 of 35 markets.  The fair value of the broadcast licenses was $85.3 million.  We recorded goodwill impairment in three markets including Cedar Rapids, Iowa; Charleston, West Virginia; and Madison, Wisconsin.

 

The impairment charge taken during the fourth quarter of 2009 was primarily due to the continued deterioration of the economy and further revisions to our forecasted cash flows, cash flow multiples and discount rates. As a result of this test, we recorded $94.7 million and $24.3 million in impairment charges related to our goodwill and broadcast licenses, respectively, in the fourth quarter of 2009.  Broadcast licenses were impaired in 18 of 35 markets.  We recorded goodwill impairment in two markets including Buffalo, New York; and Pensacola, Florida.

 

The carrying value and fair value of the goodwill of our markets which were impaired during the year and the carrying value and fair value of our broadcast licenses as of the date of our interim and annual impairment tests in 2009 and annual impairment test in 2008 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

 

 

Description

 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Total
Impairment
Losses

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill of markets which were impaired during the year

 

$

55,762

 

$

 

$

 

$

55,762

(a)

$

164,171

 

Broadcast licenses

 

$

51,542

 

$

 

$

 

$

51,542

(b)

$

80,434

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill of markets which were impaired during the year

 

$

20,094

 

$

 

$

 

$

20,094

(a)

$

191,840

 

Broadcast licenses

 

$

112,415

 

$

 

$

 

$

112,415

(b)

$

270,422

 

 


(a)         The fair value above represents the implied fair value of the goodwill assigned to the four impaired markets in 2008 and the five impaired markets in 2009 for which we were required to calculate this amount.  It excludes goodwill of $604.2 million and $804.1 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for which we were not required to calculate the fair value.

 

(b)        The fair value above represents the fair value of the broadcast licenses that were impaired in 2009 and 2008 and recorded to fair value.  It excludes $0.4 million of broadcast licenses at December 31, 2009 and $20.0 million of broadcast licenses at December 31, 2008 which were not impaired in 2009 or 2008 which had fair values in excess of carrying value.

 

The key assumptions used to determine the fair value of our reporting units to test our goodwill for impairment and to determine the fair value of our broadcast licenses consist of discount rates, revenue and expense growth rates, constant growth rates and comparable business multiples.  The revenue and expense growth rates used in our goodwill impairment testing and the revenue, expense and constant growth rates used in determining the fair value of our broadcast licenses are relatively comparable from 2008 to 2009.  However, the baseline cash flows to which these growth rates were applied decreased due to the continued deterioration of the economy.  The growth rates are based on market studies, industry knowledge and historical performance.

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

The discount rates used to determine the fair value of our reporting units to test our goodwill for impairment and to determine the fair value of our broadcast licenses have increased from 2008 to 2009.  The discount rate is based on a number of factors including market interest rates, a weighted average cost of capital analysis based on the target capital structure for a television station, and includes adjustments for market risk and company specific risk.  The increase in the discount rate is primarily due to a more heavily weighted cost of equity in 2009 as well as an increase in the general cost of equity.

 

The comparable business multiple used to determine the fair value of our reporting units to test our goodwill for impairment has decreased slightly from 2008 to 2009.  It is an estimate of the multiple that would most likely be paid for a mature, cash flowing television station in the current marketplace.  The decrease in the multiple is primarily due to the continued deterioration in the economy.

 

After taking the effect of the above mentioned impairment, as of December 31, 2009, all of our reporting units tested for goodwill impairment had fair values that were greater than the carrying value by more than 10%.

 

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the carrying amount of our broadcast licenses related to continuing operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

Beginning balance

 

$

132,422

 

$

401,130

 

Broadcast license impairment charge (a)

 

(80,434

)

(270,422

)

Acquisition of television station (b)

 

 

1,714

 

Ending balance (c)

 

$

51,988

 

$

132,422

 

 


(a)          In 2009, an impairment of $4.5 million was recorded against purchase option assets included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet.  These purchase options give us the right to purchase the license assets of certain stations.

 

(b)         In February 2008, we acquired the non-licensed assets of KFXA-TV in Cedar Rapids.  The KFXA-TV is a VIE and we are the primary beneficiary, therefore, we consolidate the license assets as well.

 

(c)          Approximately $4.3 million and $11.5 million of broadcast licenses relate to consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill related to continuing operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

Balance as of January 1,

 

$

1,073,590

 

$

1,066,531

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

(249,402

)

(55,937

)

 

 

824,188

 

1,010,594

 

Acquisition of television stations (a)

 

 

6,999

 

Acquisition of other operating divisions companies (b)

 

 

60

 

Impairment losses (c)

 

(164,171

)

(193,465

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

1,073,590

 

1,073,590

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

(413,573

)

(249,402

)

 

 

$

660,017

 

$

824,188

 

 


(a)          In February 2008, we acquired the non-licensed assets of KFXA-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

 

(b)         In 2008, we finalized the purchase price allocation for Alarm Funding Associates, LLC, purchased in November 2007.

 

(c)          In 2009, all of the goodwill impairment charge related to our broadcast segment.  Approximately $191.9 million of the goodwill impairment charge in 2008 related to our broadcast segment and $1.6 million related to our other operating divisions segment.

 

Definite-lived intangible assets and other assets subject to amortization are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of 5 to 25 years.  These amounts result from the acquisition of certain television station non-license assets.  We analyze specific definite-lived intangibles for impairment when events occur that may impact their value in accordance with the respective accounting guidance for long-lived assets.  There was no impairment charge recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of intangibles and estimated amortization related to continuing operations (in thousands):

 

 

 

Weighted
Average

 

As of December 31, 2009

 

As of December 31, 2008

 

 

 

Amortization
Period

 

Gross Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Gross Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Network affiliation

 

25 years

 

$

245,160

 

$

(122,718

)

$

245,160

(a)

$

(109,638

)

Decaying advertiser base

 

15 years

 

122,375

 

(106,248

)

122,375

 

(100,563

)

Other

 

15 years

 

86,983

(c)

(32,147

)

76,967

(b)

(28,558

)

Total

 

 

 

$

454,518

 

$

(261,113

)

$

444,502

 

$

(238,759

)

 


(a)          During 2008, we acquired the non-license assets of KFXA-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

 

(b)         During 2008, we acquired $17.6 million purchase option intangible related to Bay Creek and $7.7 million in additional purchases of alarm monitoring contracts.

 

(c)          During 2009, we purchased $15.2 million in additional alarm monitoring contracts.

 

The amortization expense of the definite-lived intangible assets and other assets for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $22.4 million, $18.3 million and $17.6 million, respectively.  The following table shows the estimated amortization expense of the definite-lived intangible assets and other assets for the next five years (in thousands):

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010

 

$

18,460

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011

 

17,134

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012

 

15,978

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013

 

14,060

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014

 

11,734

 

Thereafter

 

116,039

 

 

 

$

193,405

 

 

5.              NOTES PAYABLE AND COMMERCIAL BANK FINANCING:

 

Bank Credit Agreement

 

On December 21, 2006, we amended and restated the previous bank credit agreement.  The previous bank credit agreement (the 2006 Bank Credit Agreement), in effect on December 31, 2006, included a Term Loan A (the Term Loan A) of $100.0 million, a Revolving Credit Facility (the Previous Revolving Credit Facility) of $175.0 million and a Term Loan A-1 facility (the Term Loan A-1) of $225.0 million maturing on December 31, 2011, June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

On October 29, 2009, concurrently with the closing of the offering of the 9.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes, due 2017 (the 9.25% Notes) we entered into a new bank credit agreement (the Bank Credit Agreement) by amending and restating the 2006 Bank Credit Agreement.  The final terms of the Bank Credit Agreement are set forth below.  The Bank Credit Agreement includes the following facilities:

 

·                  A new six-year term loan facility (Term Loan B) of $330.0 million, the net proceeds of which were used to prepay the outstanding term loans and a portion of the Revolving Credit Facility (see below) under the Bank Credit Agreement.  The Term Loan B bears interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 4.50% with a 2.0% LIBOR floor and principal amortizes at a rate of 0.25% per quarter commencing on March 31, 2011, continuing until the scheduled final payment on October 29, 2015, with 95.25% due at maturity, or upon earlier termination of the Term Loan B pursuant to the terms in the Bank Credit Agreement.  We have the right to prepay the Term Loan B at any time without prepayment penalty.

 

F-24



 

Table of Contents

 

·                  An amended and restated revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility), which we drew upon to repay amounts outstanding under the Previous Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to the 2006 Bank Credit Agreement following the closing of the Bank Credit Agreement, and thereafter is available for general corporate purposes.   Under the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility, $60.5 million in existing commitments will remain in place under the Previous Revolving Credit Facility pricing, which as of December 31, 2009 was LIBOR plus 1.25% and will mature June 2011.  In addition, $75.4 million in commitments under the Previous Revolving Credit Facility were extended until December 31, 2013 at a price of LIBOR plus 4.00% with a 2.0% LIBOR floor.  We have the right to prepay the Revolving Credit Facility at any time without prepayment penalty.  As of December 31, 2009 we did not have any amounts drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

·                  Provision for one or more incremental term loans, which may be drawn upon from time to time to meet working capital needs.

 

The weighted average interest rate of the Term Loan B for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 6.96%.  The weighted average interest rate of the Term Loan A and Term Loan A-1 for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 3.76% and 3.94%, respectively.  During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the interest expense relating to the 2006 Bank Credit Agreement and/or the Bank Credit Agreement was $8.5 million, $14.1 million and $19.6 million, respectively.

 

8.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, Due 2011

 

In December 2001, we completed an issuance of $310.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2011 (the 8.75% Notes).  Interest on the 8.75% Notes was paid semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year.  The 8.75% Notes were issued under an indenture among us, our subsidiaries (the guarantors) and the trustee.

 

On January 19, 2007, we borrowed net proceeds of $225.0 million under our Term Loan A-1 pursuant to our 2006 Bank Credit Agreement.  On January 22, 2007, we used these proceeds along with $59.4 million of cash on hand and additional borrowings of $23.0 million under our Previous Revolving Credit Facility to fully redeem the aggregate principal amount of $307.4 million of our 8.75% Notes.  The redemption was effected in accordance with the terms of the indenture governing the 8.75% Notes at a redemption price of 104.375% of the principal amount of the 8.75% Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.  As a result of the redemption, we recorded a loss from extinguishment of debt of $15.7 million representing the redemption premium and write-off of certain debt acquisition costs.

 

Interest expense was $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

8.0% Senior Subordinated Notes, Due 2012

 

From March 2002 through May 29, 2003, we issued $650.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.0% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2012 (the 8.0% Notes).  Interest on the 8.0% Notes is paid semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning September 15, 2002.  The 8.0% Notes were issued under an indenture among us, certain of our subsidiaries (the guarantors) and the trustee.

 

On June 11, 2007 and June 18, 2007, we partially redeemed $300.0 million and $45.0 million, respectively, of our existing 8.0% Notes at a redemption price of 104% of the principal amount of the 8.0% Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest with net proceeds from the offering of the 3.0% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2027 (the 3.0% Notes) and cash on hand.  As a result of the partial redemption, we recorded a loss from extinguishment of debt of $15.0 million representing the redemption premium and write-off of certain debt acquisition costs, a debt premium and an unamortized derivative asset.

 

In addition to the partial redemption noted above, during 2008, we repurchased, in the open market, $38.8 million of the 8.0% Notes at face value.  As a result of these redemptions, we recorded a gain from extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  We did not repurchase any 8.0% Notes in 2009.

 

As of December 31, 2009, we may redeem all of the 8.0% Notes at a redemption premium of 1.333%, reducing incrementally to 0.0% after March 15, 2010.

 

Interest expense was $18.0 million, $19.4 million and $34.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

The weighted average interest rate for the 8.0% Notes including the amortization of its bond premium was 7.83% and 7.94% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

6.0% Convertible Debentures, Due 2012

 

On June 15, 2005, we completed an exchange of our Series D Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the Preferred Stock) into 6.0 % Convertible Debentures, due 2012 (the 6.0% Debentures).  The 6.0% Debentures mature September 15, 2012, and bear interest at a rate of 6.0% per annum, payable quarterly on each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, beginning September 15, 2005.  The 6.0% Debentures are convertible into Class A Common Stock at the option of the holders at a conversion price of $22.813 per share, subject to adjustment.  The difference in the carrying amount of the Preferred Stock and the fair value of the 6.0% Debentures was recorded as a $31.7 million discount on the 6.0% Debentures and is being amortized over the life of the 6.0% Debentures using the effective interest method.

 

During 2009 and 2008, we redeemed, on the open market, $1.0 million and $18.1 million, respectively, of the 6.0% Debentures.  In connection with these redemptions, we recorded a gain from extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2009, we may redeem all of the 6.0% Debentures at no redemption premium.

 

Interest expense was $8.0 million, $9.0 million, and $9.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

The weighted average interest rate for the 6.0% Debentures including the amortization of its bond discount was 8.65% and 8.52% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

9.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes, Due 2017

 

On October 29, 2009, we issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 9.25% Notes that mature on November 1, 2017, pursuant to an indenture, dated as of October 29, 2009 (the Indenture).  The 9.25% Notes were priced at 97.264% of their par value and accrue interest at a rate of 9.25% beginning on the issue date.  Interest on the 9.25% Notes will be paid on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning May 1, 2010.  Prior to November 1, 2013, we may redeem the 9.25% Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 9.25% Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus a “make-whole premium” as set forth in the Indenture.  Beginning on November 1, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the 9.25% Notes at any time or from time to time at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture.  In addition, on or prior to November 1, 2012, we may redeem up to 35.0% of the 9.25% Notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings.  Upon the sale of certain of our assets or certain changes of control, the holders of the 9.25% Notes may require us to repurchase some or all of the 9.25% Notes.

 

The net proceeds from the offering of the 9.25% Notes were used to fund the tender offers for our 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, to pay amounts outstanding under the 2006 Bank Credit Agreement and to pay fees and expenses related to the amendment and restatement of the Bank Credit Agreement and the transactions we entered into, as contemplated by the non-binding Memorandum of Understanding (the MOU) with Cunningham discussed in Note 11, Related Party Transactions.  Approximately $435.5 million of the net proceeds from the offering were held in a cash collateral account until November 9, 2009, when $265.1 million and $106.0 million were released to fund the purchase of a portion of the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, respectively, pursuant to the tender offers.  As of December 31, 2009, we held $64.4 million in a restricted cash collateral account to be used to redeem the remaining 3.0% Notes or 4.875% Notes until the expiration of the holders’ put options in May 2010 and January 2011, respectively, at which times the funds held with respect to each series of notes will be released to us and may be used for general corporate purposes.

 

The weighted average interest rate for the 9.25% Notes including the amortization of its bond discount was 9.72% for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Interest expense was $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

4.875% Convertible Senior Notes, Due 2018

 

During May 2003, we completed a private placement of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 4.875% Notes.  The 4.875% Notes were issued at par, mature on July 15, 2018, and have the following characteristics:

 

·                  the 4.875% Notes are convertible into shares of our Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder upon certain circumstances including certain debt downgrades.  In June 2009, Moody’s and S&P reduced the rating on the 4.875% Notes.  As a result, any holder of the 4.875% Note may surrender all or any portion of their notes for a conversion into our Class A Common Stock at any time at the then-applicable conversion rate.  The conversion price is $22.37 until March 31, 2011, at which time the conversion price increases quarterly until reaching $28.07 on July 15, 2018;

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

·                  the 4.875% Notes may be put to us at par on January 15, 2011 or called thereafter by us;

 

·                  the 4.875% Notes bear cash interest at an annual rate of 4.875% until January 15, 2011 and bear cash interest at an annual rate of 2.00% from January 15, 2011 through maturity;

 

·                  the principal amount of the 4.875% Notes will accrete to 125.66% of the original par amount from January 15, 2011 to maturity so that when combined with the cash interest, the yield to maturity of the 4.875% Notes will be 4.875% per year; and

 

·                  under certain circumstances, we will pay contingent cash interest to the holders of the 4.875% Notes during any six month period from January 15 to July 14 and from July 15 to January 14, commencing with the six month period beginning January 15, 2011.

 

During 2008, we redeemed, on the open market, $6.5 million of the 4.875% Notes.  We recorded a $2.8 million gain from extinguishment of debt related to this redemption for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

On October 8, 2009, we commenced tender offers to purchase for cash any and all of the outstanding 4.875% Notes.  We offered to purchase each of the 4.875% Notes at a purchase price of $980 per $1,000 principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but excluding, the settlement date.  The tender offers expired on November 5, 2009.  As of that date, approximately $106.5 million of the 4.875% notes were tendered, resulting in a gain from extinguishment of debt of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of the 4.875% Notes was $37.0 million.

 

On January 26, 2010, we commenced another tender offer for any and all of the outstanding 4.875% Notes.  As of February 23, 2010, $14.3 million of our 4.875% Notes were tendered.

 

As of December 31, 2009, the conversion price of the 4.875% Notes was $22.37 per share and the number of Class A Common Stock that would be delivered upon conversion was 1,654,671.

 

The weighted average interest rate for the 4.875% Notes was 4.875% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Interest expense was $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $7.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

3.0% Convertible Senior Notes, Due 2027

 

On May 10, 2007, we completed an offering of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.0% Notes.  Upon certain conditions, the 3.0% Notes are convertible into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of Class A Common Stock.  If the 3.0% Notes are converted into Class A Common Stock prior to maturity, they are convertible at an initial conversion price of $20.43 per share, subject to adjustment, which is equal to an initial conversion rate of approximately 48.9476 shares of Class A Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes.

 

The 3.0% Notes may be surrendered for conversion at any time on or before November 15, 2026 if the following conditions are met:

 

·                  during any calendar quarter commencing after the date of original issuance of the 3.0% Notes, if the closing sale price of our Class A Common Stock, for at least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the calendar quarter preceding the quarter in which the conversion occurs, is more than 130% of the conversion price in effect on that last trading day;

 

·                  during the ten consecutive trading day period following any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price for the 3.0% Notes for each such trading day was less than 95% of the closing sale price of our Class A Common Stock on such date multiplied by the then current conversion rate;

 

·                  if the 3.0% Notes have been called for redemption; or

 

·                  if we make certain significant distributions to our Class A Common Stock shareholders, we enter into specified corporate transactions or our Class A Common Stock ceases to be listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market and is not listed for trading on another U.S. national or regional securities exchange.

 

The 3.0% Notes may be surrendered for conversion after November 15, 2026, and at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date regardless of whether any of the foregoing conditions have been satisfied.  Upon a fundamental change, holders of the 3.0% Notes may require us to repurchase for cash all or part of their notes

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

at a repurchase price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Holders of the 3.0% Notes will also have the right to require us to repurchase the notes for cash on May 15, 2010, May 15, 2017 and May 15, 2022, or any other such date to be determined by us at a repurchase price payable in cash equal to the aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent cash interest), if any, through the repurchase date. The 3.0% Notes require us to settle the principal amount in cash and the conversion spread in cash or net shares at our option.

 

We are required to pay contingent cash interest to the holders of the 3.0% Notes during any six-month period from May 15 to November 14 and from November 15 to May 14, commencing with the period beginning May 20, 2010 if the average note price for the applicable five trading day period equals 120% or more of the principal amount of such notes and in certain other circumstances.  The amount of contingent cash interest payable per note in respect of any six-month period will equal 0.375% per year of the average note price for the applicable five trading day period.  The 3.0% Notes may not be redeemed prior to May 20, 2010 and may thereafter be redeemed by us at par.

 

On May 18, 2007, the underwriters of the 3.0% Notes exercised their option to purchase up to an additional aggregate $45.0 million principal amount of the 3.0% Notes.  The offering was made pursuant to our universal shelf registration statement previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Net costs associated with the offering totaled $6.7 million.  These costs were capitalized and are being amortized as interest expense over the life of the debt.

 

On October 8, 2009, we commenced tender offers to purchase for cash any and all of the outstanding 3.0% Notes.  We offered to purchase each of the 3.0% Notes at a purchase price of $980 per $1,000 principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but excluding, the settlement date.  The tender offers expired on November 5, 2009.  As of that date, approximately $266.6 million of the 3.0% notes were tendered, resulting in a gain from extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Additionally, during 2009, we redeemed, on the open market, $50.7 million of the 3.0% Notes.  We recorded an $18.5 million gain from extinguishment of debt related to these redemptions for the year ended December 31, 2009.  As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of the 3.0% Notes was $27.7 million.

 

On January 26, 2010, we commenced another tender offer for any outstanding 3.0% Notes.  As of February 23, 2010, $12.3 million of our 3.0% Notes were tendered.

 

During 2009, we were required to retrospectively adopt new accounting guidance that requires our 3.0% Notes to be bifurcated between its liability and equity components in a manner that reflects our nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest is expensed relative to the notes.  For further information regarding the adoption of this guidance, see the Recent Accounting Pronouncements section in Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

 

As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the carrying amount of the equity component of the 3.0% Notes was $30.4 million.  As of December 31, 2009, after considering the effect of the tender offer completed in November 2009, the net carrying amount of the liability component was $27.4 million which is comprised of the principal amount of $27.7 million and the unamortized discount of $0.3 million.  As of December 31, 2008 the net carrying amount of the liability component was $331.2 million which is comprised of the principal amount of $345.0 million and the unamortized discount of $13.8 million.  The unamortized discount of $0.3 million as of December 31, 2009 will be amortized through May 15, 2010 which is the first date at which the holders of the 3.0% Notes have the right to require us to repurchase the notes for cash at par.  The 3.0% Notes have call and put options features, therefore at the 3.0% Notes issuance date it was probable that they would be extinguished or refinanced by May 2010.

 

As of December 31, 2009, the conversion price of the 3.0% Notes was $19.65 per share and the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would be delivered upon conversion was 1,407,990.

 

The effective interest rate on the liability portion of the 3.0% Notes at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was 6.35%.  For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded interest expense related to the contractual coupon on the debt of $7.9 million, $10.4 million and $6.6 million, respectively, and interest expense related to the amortization of the discount of $7.6 million, $10.1 million and $6.5 million, respectively.

 

Cunningham Bank Credit Facility

 

Cunningham, one of our consolidated VIEs, holds a $33.5 million term loan facility originally entered into on March 20, 2002, with an unrelated third party.  Primarily all of Cunningham’s assets are collateral for its term loan facility, which is non-recourse to us.  On June 5, 2009, the administrative agent under Cunningham’s bank credit facility declared an event of default under the facility for failure to timely deliver certain annual financial statements as required.  As of such date, a rate of interest of LIBOR plus 5.0%, which rate includes a 2.0% default rate of interest, was instituted on all outstanding borrowings under the Cunningham bank credit facility.  On June 30, 2009, the default was waived and the termination date of the Cunningham bank credit facility was extended to July 31, 2009, subject to certain conditions, including maintaining the default interest rate.  On July 31, 2009, the Cunningham bank credit facility was further extended to October 30, 2009. The extension required that Cunningham make $0.2

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

million principal payments on its term loan facility as of the first day of each of August, September and October with the balance due on October 30, 2009.  To avoid any potential bankruptcy of Cunningham, the lenders under Cunningham’s existing credit facility indicated their willingness to replace such credit facility with a new credit facility, which was conditioned upon Cunningham’s demonstration that it can repay the outstanding principal balance due under the facility within three years.  The interest rate of the new credit facility is LIBOR plus 4.5% with a 2.0% floor.  As a result, Cunningham asked us to restructure certain of its arrangements with us, including the LMAs, which negotiations led to the execution of the MOU and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein.  See Note 11. Related Person Transactions for more information.

 

Our Bank Credit Agreement contains certain cross-default provisions with certain material third-party licensees.  As of December 31, 2009, Cunningham was the sole material third party licensee as defined in our Bank Credit Agreement.  A default by a material third-party licensee including a default caused by insolvency would cause an event of default under our Bank Credit Agreement.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the interest expense relating to Cunningham’s term loan facility was $1.8 million, $2.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

 

Other Operating Divisions Segment Debt

 

Other operating divisions segment debt includes the debt of our consolidated subsidiaries with non-broadcast related operations.  This debt is non-recourse to us.  Interest is paid on this debt at rates typically ranging from LIBOR plus 2.75% to a fixed 6.11% during 2009.  During 2009, 2008 and 2007, interest expense on this debt was $3.8 million, $1.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

Summary

 

Notes payable, capital leases and the Bank Credit Agreement consisted of the following as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2006 Bank Credit Agreement, Revolving Credit Facility

 

$

 

$

84,636

 

2006 Bank Credit Agreement, Term Loan A

 

 

90,000

 

2006 Bank Credit Agreement, Term Loan A-1

 

 

225,000

 

Bank Credit Agreement, Term Loan B

 

330,000

 

 

Cunningham Term Loan Facility (non-recourse)

 

32,900

 

33,500

 

8.0% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2012

 

224,663

 

224,663

 

6.0% Convertible Debentures, due 2012

 

134,121

 

135,156

 

9.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes, due 2017

 

500,000

 

 

4.875% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2018

 

37,016

 

143,519

 

3.0% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2027

 

27,667

 

345,000

 

Capital leases

 

43,592

 

52,979

 

Other operating divisions segment debt (all non-recourse)

 

37,756

 

19,301

 

 

 

1,367,715

 

1,353,754

 

Plus: Premium on 8.0% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2012

 

2,734

 

3,978

 

Less: Discount on Bank Credit Agreement, Term Loan B

 

(6,449

)

 

Less: Discount on 6.0% Convertible Debentures, due 2012

 

(11,639

)

(15,343

)

Less: Discount on 9.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes, due 2017

 

(13,481

)

 

Less: Discount on 3.0% Convertible Notes, due 2027

 

(284

)

(13,817

)

Less: Current portion

 

(40,632

)

(67,066

)

 

 

$

1,297,964

 

$

1,261,506

 

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

Indebtedness under the notes payable, capital leases and the Bank Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2009 matures as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Notes and Bank
Credit

Agreement (a)

 

Capital Leases

 

Total

 

2010

 

$

40,243

 

$

4,605

 

$

44,848

 

2011

 

70,520

 

4,746

 

75,266

 

2012

 

379,944

 

4,900

 

384,844

 

2013

 

3,300

 

5,066

 

8,366

 

2014

 

6,914

 

5,452

 

12,366

 

2015 and thereafter

 

823,202

 

64,625

 

887,827

 

Total minimum payments

 

1,324,123

 

89,394

 

1,413,517

 

Plus: Premium on 8.0% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2012

 

2,734

 

 

2,734

 

Less: Discount on Term Loan B

 

(6,449

)

 

(6,449

)

Less: Discount on 6.0% Convertible Debentures, due 2012

 

(11,639

)

 

(11,639

)

Less: Discount on 9.25% Notes, due 2017

 

(13,481

)

 

(13,481

)

Less: Discount on 3.0% Notes, due 2027

 

(284

)

 

(284

)

Less: Amount representing interest

 

 

(45,802

)

(45,802

)

 

 

$

1,295,004

 

$

43,592

 

$

1,338,596

 

 


(a)          The 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes may be put to us at par in May 2010 and January 2011, respectively.  The table above presents the face value of the Notes in the accelerated period that the principal payment of the notes could be due.  If the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes are not put to us, and we do not call them, they would be scheduled to mature on May 2027 and July 2018.

 

Substantially all of our stock in our wholly-owned subsidiaries has been pledged as security for the Bank Credit Agreement.

 

As of December 31, 2009, our broadcast segment had 27 capital leases with non-affiliates, including 26 tower leases and one building lease and our other operating divisions segment had 3 capital equipment leases and one building lease.  All of our tower leases will expire within the next 29 years and the building lease will expire within the next 9 years.  Most of our leases have 5-10 year renewal options and it is expected that these leases will be renewed or replaced within the normal course of business.  For more information related to our affiliate notes and capital leases, see Note 11. Related Person Transactions.

 

We filed a $500.0 million universal shelf registration statement with the SEC which became effective April 22, 2009.  We may use the universal shelf registration statement to issue common and preferred equity, debt securities and securities convertible into equity.

 

 

6.              PROGRAM CONTRACTS PAYABLE:

 

Future payments required under program contracts as of December 31, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):

 

2010

 

$

91,995

 

2011

 

24,540

 

2012

 

15,535

 

2013

 

8,373

 

Total

 

140,443

 

Less: Current portion

 

(91,995

)

Long-term portion of program contracts payable

 

$

48,448

 

 

Each future periods’ film liability includes contractual amounts owed, however, what is contractually owed does not necessarily reflect what we are expected to pay during that period.  While we are contractually bound to make the payments reflected in the table during the indicated periods, industry protocol typically enables us to make film payments on a three-month lag.  Included in the current portion amounts are payments due in arrears of $23.8 million.  In addition, we have entered into non-cancelable commitments for future program rights aggregating $70.0 million as of December 31, 2009.

 

We perform a net realizable value calculation quarterly for each of our non-cancelable commitments in accordance with FASB guidance on Financial Reporting for Broadcasters.  We utilize sales information to estimate the future revenue of each commitment and measure that amount against the commitment.  If the estimated future revenue is less than the amount of the commitment, a loss is recorded in amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

7.              COMMON STOCK:

 

Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes per share, except for votes relating to “going private” and certain other transactions.  The Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class, except as otherwise may be required by Maryland law, on all matters presented for a vote.  Holders of Class B Common Stock may at any time convert their shares into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock.  During 2009, 2,000,000 Class B Common Stock converted into Class A Common Stock shares. During 2008, none of the Class B Common Stock shares were converted into Class A Common Stock shares.

 

Our Bank Credit Agreement and some of our subordinated debt instruments have restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.  Under the indentures governing the 8.0% Notes and 9.25% Notes, we are restricted from paying dividends on our common stock unless certain specified conditions are satisfied, including that:

 

·                  no event of default then exists under the indenture or certain other specified agreements relating to our indebtedness; and

·                  after taking into account the dividends payment, we are within certain restricted payment requirements contained in the indenture.

 

In addition, under certain of our senior unsecured debt, the payment of dividends is not permissible during a default thereunder.

 

No dividend payments were made in 2009.  The 2008 dividends declared were as follows:

 

For the quarter ended

 

Quarterly Dividend
Per Share

 

Annual Dividend
Per Share

 

Date dividends were paid

 

March 31, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

0.800

 

April 14, 2008

 

June 30, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

0.800

 

July 14, 2008

 

September 30, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

0.800

 

October 10, 2008

 

December 31, 2008

 

$

0.200

 

$

0.800

 

January 12, 2009

 

 

On February 5, 2008, our Board of Directors renewed its authorization to repurchase up to $150.0 million of the Class A Common Stock on the open market or through private transactions.  During 2009, we repurchased approximately 1.5 million shares of Class A Common Stock for approximately $1.5 million on the open market, including transaction costs. During 2008, we repurchased approximately 6.7 million shares of Class A Common Stock for approximately $29.8 million on the open market, including transaction cost.

 

8.     DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS:

 

We enter into derivative instruments primarily to reduce the impact of changing interest rates on our floating rate debt and to reduce the impact of changing fair market values on our fixed rate debt.

 

Our losses resulting from prior to 2006 terminations of fixed to floating interest rate agreements were reflected as a discount on our fixed rate debt and were being amortized to interest expense through December 15, 2007, the original expiration date of the terminated swap agreements.  For the year ended December 31, 2007, amortization of the discount of $0.4 million was recorded as interest expense.

 

On April 20, 2006, we terminated two of our derivative instruments with a cash payment of $3.8 million, the aggregate fair value of the derivative liabilities on that date.  These swap agreements were accounted for as fair value hedges and changes in their fair market values were reflected as adjustments to the carrying value of the underlying debt that was being hedged.  Therefore, on the termination date, the carrying value of the underlying debt was adjusted to reflect the $3.8 million payment and that amount is being treated as a discount on the underlying debt that was being hedged and is being amortized over its remaining life.  Amortization of the discount of $0.2 million and $0.4 million was recorded as interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

As of January 1, 2008, we had two remaining derivative instruments.  Both of these instruments were interest rate swap agreements.  One of these swap agreements, with a notional amount of $180.0 million and an expiration date of March 15, 2012, was accounted for as a fair value hedge; therefore, any changes in its fair market value were reflected as an adjustment to the carrying value of our 8.0% Notes, which was the underlying debt being hedged.  The interest we paid on the $180.0 million swap was variable based on the three-month LIBOR plus 2.28% and the interest we received was fixed at 8.0%.  The other interest rate swap, with a notional amount of $120.0 million and an expiration date of March 15, 2012, was undesignated as a fair value hedge

 

F-31



 

Table of Contents

 

in 2006 due to a reassignment of the counterparty; therefore, any subsequent changes in the fair market value were reflected as an adjustment to income.  The interest we paid on the $120.0 million swap was variable based on the three-month LIBOR plus 2.35% and the interest we received was fixed at 8.0%.

 

In February 2008, the counterparty to our then existing interest rate swap agreements, elected to change the termination dates of the $180.0 million and $120.0 million swaps to March 25, 2008 and March 26, 2008, respectively.  We received a termination fee of $3.2 million from the counterparty for the early termination of the $120.0 million swap.  After the removal of the related $2.4 million derivative asset from our consolidated balance sheet, the resulting $0.8 million, along with $0.2 million of interest was recorded in gain from derivative instruments in the consolidated statements of operations.  We received a termination fee of $4.8 million from the counterparty for the early termination of the $180.0 million swap.  The carrying value of the underlying debt was adjusted to reflect the $4.8 million termination fee and that amount is treated as a premium on the underlying debt that was being hedged and is amortized over its remaining life as a reduction to interest expense.  The total termination fees received of $8.0 million are included in the cash flows from financing activities section of the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

In March 2009, a company in our other operating divisions segment was required to enter into an interest rate swap agreement pursuant to its underlying credit agreement.  The swap fixes the interest rate on its variable rate debt which is non-recourse to us.  The notional amount of the swap is $10.0 million and the expiration date is February 28, 2011.  The interest we pay on the swap is fixed at 1.59% and we receive interest based on three-month LIBOR.  The swap is accounted for as a derivative and changes in the fair market value are reflected as an adjustment to income.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded $0.1 million as loss on derivative instrument related to this swap agreement.

 

As of December 31, 2009, we have derivative instruments related to contingent cash interest features in our 4.875% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2018 and 3.0% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2027, which had negligible fair values.

 

9.              INCOME TAXES:

 

The (benefit) provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes - continuing operations

 

$

(32,512

)

$

(121,363

)

$

16,163

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes - discontinued operations

 

350

 

358

 

(270

)

Provision for income taxes - sale of discontinued operations

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

$

(32,162

)

$

(121,005

)

$

16,382

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(7,882

)

$

76

 

$

(17,819

)

State

 

669

 

(4

)

(3,005

)

 

 

(7,213

)

72

 

(20,824

)

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(25,598

)

(115,587

)

31,802

 

State

 

649

 

(5,490

)

5,404

 

 

 

(24,949

)

(121,077

)

37,206

 

 

 

$

(32,162

)

$

(121,005

)

$

16,382

 

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

The following is a reconciliation of federal income taxes at the applicable statutory rate to the recorded provision from continuing operations:

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Federal income tax (benefit) provision at statutory rate

 

(35.0

)%

(35.0

)%

35.0

%

Adjustments-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income taxes, net of federal effect

 

(0.3

)%

(1.3

)%

5.6

%

Non-deductible expense items

 

18.0

%

3.9

%

3.0

%

Change in tax reserves

 

0.4

%

 

(7.5

)%

Beginning of the year valuation allowance

 

 

 

3.7

%

Change related to reassessment of state apportionment methodologies

 

 

 

6.3

%

Other

 

(2.4

)%

(0.6

)%

3.1

%

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

(19.3

)%

(33.0

)%

49.2

%

 

The non-deductible expense items include the tax effect of $27.9 million and $5.4 million relating to the impairment of goodwill and $2.0 million and $8.3 million relating to the impairment of FCC licenses that were not deductible for income tax purposes for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

During 2007, the statute of limitations expired for certain state income tax returns for 1999 through 2003.  As a result, we released $4.9 million of discrete tax and related interest reserves, of which $3.9 million and $1.2 million were recorded as a reduction of income tax provision for continuing operations and discontinued operations, respectively.

 

We increased our beginning-of-the-year valuation allowance balances by $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to reflect a change in judgment with respect to the realizability of certain state tax attributes.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded a deferred tax expense of $2.1 million in continuing operations primarily related to change in our state tax apportionment factors resulting in an increase in our deferred tax liabilities.

 

Temporary differences between the financial reporting carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities give rise to deferred taxes.  Total deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

Current and Long-Term Deferred Tax Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating losses

 

$

99,008

 

$

87,048

 

FCC licenses

 

31,725

 

23,709

 

Intangibles

 

11,774

 

13,471

 

Other

 

25,401

 

38,273

 

 

 

167,908

 

162,501

 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

 

(76,834

)

(84,837

)

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

91,074

 

$

77,664

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current and Long-Term Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

FCC licenses

 

$

(9,814

)

$

(22,305

)

Intangibles

 

(173,836

)

(183,877

)

Fixed assets

 

(24,424

)

(28,629

)

Contingent interest obligations

 

(51,044

)

(34,787

)

Other

 

(1,898

)

(3,095

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(261,016

)

(272,693

)

Net tax liabilities

 

$

(169,942

)

$

(195,029

)

 

Our remaining federal and state net operating losses will expire during various years from 2010 to 2029.  The pre-valuation-allowance tax effects of the federal net operating losses were $17.4 and $9.5 million as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.  The pre-valuation-allowance tax effects of the state net operating losses were $81.6 million and $77.5 million as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.   The above-mentioned tax attributes were recorded in the deferred tax accounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

We establish valuation allowances in accordance with the guidance related to accounting for income taxes.  In evaluating our ability to realize net deferred tax assets, we consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including our past operating results, tax planning strategies and forecasts of future taxable income.  In considering these sources of taxable income, we must

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

make certain assumptions and judgments that are based on the plans and estimates used to manage our underlying businesses. A valuation allowance has been provided for deferred tax assets based on past operating results, expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary book/tax basis differences, alternative tax strategies and projected future taxable income.  Although realization is not assured for the remaining deferred tax assets, we believe it is more likely than not that they will be realized in the future.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, we decreased our valuation allowances by $8.0 million.  The change in valuation allowance was primarily due to the removal of the fully valued federal net operating losses related to the closure of the Acrodyne business.

 

We adopted the guidance regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes on January 1, 2007.  The adoption of this guidance did not cause a material change to our contingent liability for unrecognized tax benefits.  We decreased the January 1, 2007 balance in accumulated deficit position by $0.6 million to apply the cumulative effect related to the adoption.  As of the date of adoption, we had $32.9 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits.  Of this total, $17.6 million (net of federal effect on state tax issues) and $7.8 million (net of federal effect on state tax issues) represent the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect our effective tax rates from continuing operations and discontinued operations, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2009, we had $26.1 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits.  Of this total, $15.0 million (net of federal effect on state tax issues) and $6.8 million (net of federal effect on state tax issues) represent the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect our effective tax rates from continuing operations and discontinued operations, respectively.  As of December 31, 2008, we had $26.1 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits.  Of this total, $14.7 million (net of federal effect on state tax issues) and $6.9 million (net of federal effect on state tax issues) represent the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect our effective tax rates from continuing operations and discontinued operations, respectively.

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our accrued unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Balance at January 1,

 

$

26,088

 

$

27,972

 

$

32,913

 

Increases (reductions) related to prior years tax position

 

146

 

(1,017

)

(649

)

Increases related to current year tax positions

 

104

 

167

 

600

 

Reductions related to settlements with taxing authorities

 

(76

)

(501

)

(683

)

Reductions related to expiration of the applicable statute of limitations

 

(114

)

(533

)

(4,209

)

Balance at December 31,

 

$

26,148

 

$

26,088

 

$

27,972

 

 

In addition, we recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  We recognized $1.1 million, $1.4 million and $0.4 million of income tax expense for interest related to uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Management periodically performs a comprehensive review of our tax positions and accrues amounts for tax contingencies.  Based on these reviews, the status of on-going audits and the expiration of applicable statute of limitations, these accruals are adjusted as necessary.  The resolution of audits is unpredictable and could result in tax liabilities that are significantly higher or lower than for what we have provided.  Amounts accrued for these tax matters are included in the table above and long-term liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.  We believe that adequate accruals have been provided for all years.

 

We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions.  All of our 2006 and subsequent federal and state tax returns remain subject to examination by various tax authorities.  Some of our pre-2006 federal and state tax returns may also be subject to examination.  In addition, our 2006 and 2007 federal tax returns are currently under audit, and several of our subsidiaries are currently under state examinations for various years.  We do not anticipate the resolution of these matters will result in a material change to our consolidated financial statements.  In addition, it is reasonably possible that various statutes of limitations could expire by December 31, 2010.  We do not expect such expirations, if any, would significantly change our unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months.

 

We recognized a $0.3 million net tax provision, $0.3 million net tax provision and $0.5 million net tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, primarily attributable to the net adjustment of certain tax contingencies regarding tax returns related to discontinued operations.

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

10.       COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

 

Litigation

 

We are a party to lawsuits and claims from time to time in the ordinary course of business.  Actions currently pending are in various preliminary stages and no judgments or decisions have been rendered by hearing boards or courts in connection with such actions.  After reviewing developments to date with legal counsel, our management is of the opinion that the outcome of our pending and threatened matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

FCC License Renewals

 

In 2004, we filed with the FCC an application for the license renewal of WBFF-TV in Baltimore, Maryland.  Subsequently, an individual named Richard D’Amato filed a petition to deny the application.  In 2004, we also filed with the FCC applications for the license renewal of television stations: WXLV-TV, Winston-Salem, North Carolina; WMYV-TV, Greensboro, North Carolina; WLFL-TV, Raleigh/Durham, North Carolina; WRDC-TV, Raleigh/Durham, North Carolina; WLOS-TV, Asheville, North Carolina and WMMP-TV, Charleston, South Carolina.  An organization calling itself “Free Press” filed a petition to deny the renewal applications of these stations and also the renewal applications of two other stations in those markets, which we program pursuant to LMAs: WTAT-TV, Charleston, South Carolina and WMYA-TV (formerly WBSC-TV), Anderson, South Carolina.  Several individuals and an organization named “Sinclair Media Watch” also filed informal objections to the license renewal applications of WLOS-TV and WMYA-TV, raising essentially the same arguments presented in the Free Press petition.  The FCC is in the process of considering these renewal applications and we believe the objections have no merit.

 

On August 1, 2005, we filed applications with the FCC requesting renewal of the broadcast licenses for WICS-TV and WICD-TV in Springfield/Champaign, Illinois.  Subsequently, various viewers filed informal objections requesting that the FCC deny these renewal applications.  On September 30, 2005, we filed an application with the FCC for the renewal of the broadcast license for KGAN-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa.  On December 28, 2005, an organization calling itself “Iowans for Better Local Television” filed a petition to deny that application.  In April 2009, the FCC granted the license renewal application for WICD-TV and KGAN-TV.  The FCC is in the process of considering the WICS-TV renewal application and we believe the objections and petitions requesting denial have no merit.

 

On August 1, 2005, we filed applications with the FCC requesting renewal of the broadcast licenses for WCGV-TV and WVTV-TV in Milwaukee, Wisconsin.  On November 1, 2005, the Milwaukee Public Interest Media Coalition filed a petition to deny these renewal applications.  On June 13, 2007, the Video Division of the FCC denied the petition to deny, and subsequently, the Milwaukee Public Interest Media Coalition filed a petition for reconsideration of that decision, which we opposed.  In July 2008, the Video Division granted the renewal application of WVTV-TV and separately denied the Milwaukee Public Interest Media Coalition’s petition for reconsideration.  On August 11, 2008, the Milwaukee Public Interest Media Coalition filed another petition for reconsideration of the decision, which we opposed.  On January 12, 2010, the FCC dismissed the second petition for reconsideration.  The WCGV-TV renewal of license application remains pending.

 

On February 27, 2006, James Pennino purportedly filed a petition to deny the license renewal application of WUCW-TV in Minneapolis, Minnesota.  Despite not having found any official record of the filing, we opposed the petition and the renewal application is pending.

 

On March 29, 2007, we filed an application with the FCC requesting renewal of the broadcast license for WPMY-TV in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.  On October 14, 2008, the FCC issued a letter admonishing WPMY-TV for broadcasting an episode of a children’s program provided by the WB Network that contained a commercial in which the image of the program’s main character was visible, in violation of the FCC’s children’s programming regulations.  In April 2009, the FCC granted the license renewal application.

 

The license renewal for WUHF-TV in Rochester, New York, had been pending since the license expired June 1, 2007.

In April 2009, the FCC granted the license renewal application.

 

The FCC has found that some network programming broadcast contains indecent material, including partial nudity or unacceptable language.  We believe the FCC standards relating to indecency have been inconsistently applied.  The FCC is currently withholding action on a number of station renewal applications due to indecency complaints, and in other cases has taken action only after licensees, including us, have entered into agreements tolling the statute of limitations on such matters.  A number of appeals of the FCC’s indecency rulings are currently being contested.   On April 28, 2009 the Supreme Court overturned a decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit and held that the FCC’s indecency policy regarding “fleeting expletives” was not arbitrary and capricious.  However, the Supreme Court did not rule on whether or not the FCC’s “fleeting expletives” policy violated the First Amendment, and remanded the case to the Second Circuit to rule on the

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

constitutional issue.  At this time, the matter remains pending.  This decision and the FCC’s unclear policy make it difficult for us to determine what may be indecent programming, and makes it difficult to air “live” programming.

 

Under FCC rules, the licensee of a station has continuing authority to operate a station for which it has a pending renewal application until the FCC takes final action on that application.

 

Other FCC Adjudicatory Proceedings

 

On July 21, 2005, we filed with the FCC an application to acquire the license and non-license television broadcast assets of WNAB-TV in Nashville, Tennessee.  The Rainbow/PUSH Coalition (Rainbow/PUSH) filed a petition to deny that application and also requested that the FCC initiate a hearing to investigate whether WNAB-TV was improperly operated with WZTV-TV and WUXP-TV, two of our stations located in the same market as WNAB-TV.  The FCC is in the process of considering the transfer of the broadcast license and we believe the Rainbow/PUSH petition has no merit.

 

On March 15, 2006, the FCC issued a Notice of Apparent Liability for forfeiture (NAL) in the amount of $32,500 per station to a number of CBS affiliated and owned and operated stations, including KGAN-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa.  The NAL alleged that the stations broadcast indecent material contained in an episode of “Without a Trace,” a CBS network program that aired on December 31, 2004 at 9:00 p.m.  CBS opposed the NAL but has not agreed to indemnify its affiliates for the full amount of this liability, if any.  We cannot predict the outcome of this proceeding or the effect of any adverse outcome on the station’s license renewal application.

 

On August 11, 2006, the FCC sent a letter to us requesting information regarding the broadcast of video news releases, by WBFF-TV in Baltimore, Maryland, KOKH-TV in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, WLFL-TV in Raleigh, North Carolina, WPGH-TV in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, WSYX-TV in Columbus, Ohio, WVTV-TV in Milwaukee, Wisconsin and KGAN-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, without proper sponsorship identification in alleged violation of federal law and the FCC’s rules.  We denied that the stations violated federal law or the FCC’s rules.  The FCC’s inquiry proceeding is pending.

 

On November 7, 2006, the FCC sent a letter to us requesting information regarding the broadcast of certain programs, by forty-one stations licensed to us and three stations previously licensed to us, without proper sponsorship identification in alleged violation of federal law and the FCC’s rules.  We denied that the stations violated federal law or the FCC’s rules.  On July 23, 2007, the FCC dismissed the complaints and closed its investigation with respect to thirty-five of the stations.  On October 18, 2007, the FCC issued a NAL, proposing to fine the remaining nine stations, a total of $36,000 for allegedly violating the sponsorship identification rules.  We opposed the FCC’s determination and the proceeding remains pending.

 

On April 26, 2007, the FCC sent letters to two of our stations, WUHF-TV in Rochester, New York and WSYX-TV in Columbus, Ohio, requesting information regarding the broadcast of certain video news releases without proper sponsorship identification in alleged violation of federal law and the FCC’s rules.  We denied that the stations violated federal law or the FCC’s rules.  The inquiry proceeding is in process.

 

On May 1, 2007, the FCC sent a letter to WRLH-TV in Richmond, Virginia, requesting information regarding the alleged broadcast of indecent material during an advertisement.  We denied that the station broadcast indecent material.  The inquiry proceeding is in process.

 

Operating Leases

 

We have entered into operating leases for certain property and equipment under terms ranging from one to 15 years.  The rent expense from continuing operations under these leases, as well as certain leases under month-to-month arrangements, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was approximately $4.1 million, $4.3 million and $5.0 million, respectively.

 

Future minimum payments under the leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

2010

 

$

2,869

 

2011

 

2,513

 

2012

 

2,212

 

2013

 

1,876

 

2014

 

1,738

 

2015 and thereafter

 

3,850

 

 

 

$

15,058

 

 

We had no material outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2009.

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

Network Affiliation Agreements

 

Our 58 television stations that we own and operate, or to which we provide programming services or sales services, are affiliated as follows: FOX (20 stations); MyNetworkTV (17 stations; as of September 2009 no longer treated as a network affiliation, however is branded as such); ABC (9 stations); The CW (9 stations); CBS (2 stations) and NBC (1 station).  With the exception of MyNetworkTV, the networks produce and distribute programming in exchange for each station’s commitment to air the programming at specified times and for commercial announcement time during programming.  The amount and quality of programming provided by each network varies.

 

The non-renewal or termination of any of our other network affiliation agreements would prevent us from being able to carry programming of the relevant network.  This loss of programming would require us to obtain replacement programming, which may involve higher costs and which may not be as attractive to our target audiences, resulting in reduced revenues.  Upon the termination of any of the above affiliation agreements, we would be required to establish a new affiliation agreement with another network or operate as an independent station.  At such time, the remaining value of the network affiliation asset could become impaired and we would be required to write down the value of the asset to its estimated fair value.  As of December 31, 2009, the net book value of network affiliation assets was $122.4 million.

 

As of December 31, 2009, we had 20 MyNetworkTV affiliates, including three affiliates operating on a digital sub-channel only.  On February 9, 2009, MyNetworkTV announced that it was moving to a new program services model pursuant to which it would obtain for its affiliates popular programming that has previously aired on other networks, rather than continuing to provide first-run programming as is generally the case in a typical network model.  MyNetworkTV advised us that in connection with this change to what it refers to as a “hybrid” model, it believes it had the right to terminate all of its existing affiliate agreements and negotiate new agreements for this programming service with the television stations that have been MyNetworkTV affiliates.  On March 3, 2009, we received notice from MyNetworkTV claiming that it had ceased to exist as a network and therefore, was terminating each of our affiliation agreements effective September 26, 2009.  On March 25, 2009, each of our subsidiaries that owned or operated stations which were affiliated with MyNetworkTV entered into an agreement, effective September 28, 2009 with a party related to MyNetworkTV to provide such stations with programming during the following year for the time periods previously programmed by MyNetworkTV, excluding programming for Saturday night.  This programming agreement is accounted for as a station barter arrangement.  The amortization related to our network affiliation intangible assets associated with MyNetworkTV stations was accelerated during 2009, resulting in zero asset balances remaining as of September 30, 2009.

 

On October 30, 2009, our affiliation agreements of the stations owned, programmed and/or to which we provide services that are affiliated with the CW were extended for an additional year to August 31, 2011.

 

Our ABC network affiliation agreements were scheduled to expire December 31, 2009.  We extended these affiliation agreements until March 31, 2010, while we continue negotiations.  As of December 31, 2009, the net book value of our ABC network affiliation assets was $75.7 million.

 

On February 12, 2010, we entered into a network affiliation agreement with The CW expiring on August 31, 2011.  Effective April 26, 2010 KMYS-TV in San Antonio, Texas will switch from MyNetworkTV to the CW.

 

Changes in the Rules on Television Ownership and Local Marketing Agreements

 

Certain of our stations have entered into what have commonly been referred to as local marketing agreements or LMAs.  One typical type of LMA is a programming agreement between two separately owned television stations serving the same market, whereby the licensee of one station programs substantial portions of the broadcast day and sells advertising time during such programming segments on the other licensee’s station subject to the ultimate editorial and other controls being exercised by the latter licensee.  We believe these arrangements allow us to reduce our operating expenses and enhance profitability.

 

In 1999, the FCC established a new local television ownership rule and decided to attribute LMAs for ownership purpose.  It grandfathered LMAs that were entered into prior to November 5, 1996, permitting the applicable stations to continue operations pursuant to the LMAs until the conclusion of the FCC’s 2004 biennial review.  The FCC stated it would conduct a case-by-case review of grandfathered LMAs and assess the appropriateness of extending the grandfathering periods.  Subsequently, the FCC invited comments as to whether, instead of beginning the review of the grandfathered LMAs in 2004, it should do so in 2006.  The FCC did not initiate any review of grandfathered LMAs in 2004 or as part of its 2006 quadrennial review.  We do not know when, or if, the FCC will conduct any such review of grandfathered LMAs.  With respect to LMAs executed on or after November 5, 1996, the FCC required that parties come into compliance with the 1999 local television ownership rule by August 6, 2001.  We challenged the 1999 local television ownership rule in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit, and that court stayed the enforcement of the divestiture of the post-November 5, 1996 LMAs.  In 2002, the D.C. Circuit ruled in Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. v. F.C.C., 284 F.3d 114 (D.C. Cir. 2002) that the 1999 local television ownership rule was arbitrary and capricious and remanded the rule to the FCC.

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

In 2003, the FCC revised its ownership rules, including the local television ownership rule. The effective date of the 2003 ownership rules was stayed by the U. S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and the rules were remanded to the FCC.  Because the effective date of the 2003 ownership rules had been stayed and, in connection with the adoption of those rules, the FCC concluded the 1999 rules could not be justified as necessary in the public interest, we took the position that an issue exists regarding whether the FCC has any current legal right to enforce any rules prohibiting the acquisition of television stations.  Several parties, including us, filed petitions with the Supreme Court of the United States seeking review of the Third Circuit decision, but the Supreme Court denied the petitions in June 2005.

 

In July 2006, as part of the FCC’s statutorily required quadrennial review of its media ownership rules, the FCC released a Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making seeking comment on how to address the issues raised by the Third Circuit’s decision, among other things, remanding the local television ownership rule.  In January 2008, the FCC released an order containing its current ownership rules, which re-adopted its 1999 local television ownership rule.  On February 29, 2008, several parties, including us, separately filed petitions for review in a number of federal appellate courts challenging the FCC’s current ownership rules.  By lottery, those petitions were consolidated in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.  In July 2008, several parties, including us, filed motions to transfer the consolidated proceedings to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit and other parties requested transfer to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit.  In November 2008, the Ninth Circuit transferred the consolidated proceedings to the Third Circuit and the proceedings are pending.

 

On November 15, 1999, we entered into a plan and agreement of merger to acquire through merger WMYA-TV (formerly WBSC-TV) in Anderson, South Carolina from Cunningham Broadcasting Corporation (Cunningham), but that transaction was denied by the FCC.  In light of the change in the 2003 ownership rules, we filed a petition for reconsideration with the FCC and amended our application to acquire the license of WMYA-TV.  We also filed applications in November 2003 to acquire the license assets of the remaining five Cunningham stations: WRGT-TV, Dayton, Ohio; WTAT-TV, Charleston, South Carolina; WVAH-TV, Charleston, West Virginia; WNUV-TV, Baltimore, Maryland; and WTTE-TV, Columbus, Ohio.  Rainbow/PUSH filed a petition to deny these five applications and to revoke all of our licenses.  The FCC dismissed our applications in light of the stay of the 2003 ownership rules and also denied the Rainbow/PUSH petition.  Rainbow/PUSH filed a petition for reconsideration of that denial and we filed an application for review of the dismissal.  In 2005, we filed a petition with the U. S. Court of Appeals for the D. C. Circuit requesting that the Court direct the FCC to take final action on our applications, but that petition was dismissed.  On January 6, 2006, we submitted a motion to the FCC requesting that it take final action on our applications.  The applications and the associated petition to deny are still pending.  We believe the Rainbow/PUSH petition is without merit.  On February 8, 2008, we filed a petition with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit requesting that the Court direct the FCC to act on our assignment applications and cease its use of the 1999 local television ownership rule that it re-adopted as the permanent rule in 2008.  In July 2008, the D.C. Circuit transferred the case to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, and we filed a petition with the D.C. Circuit challenging that decision, which was denied.  We also filed with the Ninth Circuit a motion to transfer that case back to the D.C. Circuit.  In November 2008, the Ninth Circuit consolidated our petition seeking final FCC action on our applications with the petitions challenging the FCC’s current ownership rules and transferred the consolidated proceedings to the Third Circuit.  In December 2008, we agreed voluntarily with the parties to our proceeding to dismiss our petition seeking final FCC action on our applications.

 

If we are required to terminate or modify our LMAs, our business could be affected in the following ways:

 

Losses on investments.  As part of our LMA arrangements, we own the non-license assets used by the stations with which we have LMAs.  If certain of these LMA arrangements are no longer permitted, we would be forced to sell these assets, restructure our agreements or find another use for them.  If this happens, the market for such assets may not be as good as when we purchased them and, therefore, we cannot be certain that we will recoup our original investments.

 

Termination penalties.  If the FCC requires us to modify or terminate existing LMAs before the terms of the LMAs expire, or under certain circumstances, we elect not to extend the terms of the LMAs, we may be forced to pay termination penalties under the terms of some of our LMAs.  Any such termination penalty could be material.

 

F-38



 

Table of Contents

 

11.       RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS:

 

David, Frederick, Duncan and Robert Smith (collectively, the controlling shareholders) are brothers and hold substantially all of the Class B Common Stock and some of our Class A Common Stock.  We engaged in the following transactions with them and/or entities in which they have substantial interests.

 

Related Person LeasesCertain assets used by us and our operating subsidiaries are leased from Cunningham Communications Inc., Keyser Investment Group, Gerstell Development Limited Partnership and Beaver Dam, LLC (entities owned by the controlling shareholders).  Lease payments made to these entities were $4.7 million, $4.8 million and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Bay TV.  In January 1999, we entered into a LMA with Bay Television, Inc. (Bay TV), which owns the television station WTTA-TV in the Tampa/St. Petersburg, Florida market.  Our controlling shareholders own a substantial portion of the equity of Bay TV.  Lease payments made to Bay TV were $1.7 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.  We received $0.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 from Bay TV for certain equipment leases.  Additional payments of $1.3 million, $1.5 million and $1.8 million were made during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to the excess adjusted broadcast cash flow for the prior years.

 

Notes and capital leases payable to affiliates consisted of the following as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

Capital lease for building, interest at 7.93%

 

$

1,312

 

$

2,003

 

Capital lease for building, interest at 6.62%

 

10,025

 

10,673

 

Capital leases for broadcasting tower facilities, interest at 9.0%

 

4,033

 

4,319

 

Capital leases for broadcasting tower facilities, interest at 10.5%

 

5,074

 

8,225

 

Liability payable to affiliate for local marketing agreement, interest at 7.69%

 

5,913

 

7,129

 

Capital leases for building and tower, interest at 8.25%

 

1,355

 

1,357

 

 

 

27,712

 

33,706

 

Less: Current portion

 

(2,995

)

(2,845

)

 

 

$

24,717

 

$

30,861

 

 

Notes and capital leases payable to affiliates as of December 31, 2009 mature as follows (in thousands):

 

2010

 

$

5,669

 

 

 

2011

 

5,438

 

 

 

2012

 

5,008

 

 

 

2013

 

5,117

 

 

 

2014

 

3,507

 

 

 

2015 and thereafter

 

20,760

 

 

 

Total minimum payments due

 

45,499

 

 

 

Less: Amount representing interest

 

(17,787

)

 

 

 

 

$

27,712

 

 

 

 

Cunningham Broadcasting Corporation.  Concurrently with our initial public offering, we acquired options from trusts established by Carolyn C. Smith, a parent of our controlling shareholders, for the benefit of her grandchildren that will grant us the right to acquire, subject to applicable FCC rules and regulations, 100% of the capital stock of Cunningham.  The Cunningham option exercise price is based on a formula that provides a 10% annual return to Cunningham.  Cunningham is the owner-operator and FCC licensee of: WNUV-TV, Baltimore, Maryland; WRGT-TV, Dayton, Ohio; WVAH-TV, Charleston, West Virginia; WTAT-TV, Charleston, South Carolina; WMYA-TV, Anderson, South Carolina; and WTTE-TV, Columbus, Ohio.  The financial statements for Cunningham are included in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

 

In addition to the option agreement, we entered into five-year LMA agreements (with five-year renewal terms at our option) with Cunningham pursuant to which we provide programming to Cunningham for airing on WNUV-TV, WRGT-TV, WVAH-TV, WTAT-TV, WMYA-TV and WTTE-TV.  In November 2008, we amended the terms of the LMA and option agreements.  The amendment included a monthly payment of $50,000.  During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we made payments of $6.5 million, $8.0 million and $7.8 million, respectively, to Cunningham under these LMA agreements.  A portion of the monthly payment was allocated as a reduction to the Cunningham option exercise price.  These payments will be recorded in accordance with accounting guidance applicable to noncontrolling interest transactions whereby an acquisition of an interest of an entity that is consolidated before and after the transaction is treated as an equity transaction.  The amended LMA and option agreements have been approved pursuant to our related person transaction policy.

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

Cunningham held a $33.5 million term loan facility originally entered into on March 20, 2002, with an unrelated third party.  Primarily all of Cunningham’s assets are collateral for its term loan facility, which is non-recourse to us.  On June 5, 2009, the administrative agent under Cunningham’s bank credit facility declared an event of default under the facility for failure to timely deliver certain annual financial statements as required.  As of such date, a rate of interest of LIBOR plus 5%, which rate includes a 2% default rate of interest, was instituted on all outstanding borrowings under the Cunningham bank credit facility.  On June 30, 2009, the default was waived and the termination date of the Cunningham bank credit facility was extended to July 31, 2009, subject to certain conditions, including maintaining the default interest rate.  On July 31, 2009, the Cunningham bank credit facility was further extended to October 30, 2009. The extension required that Cunningham make $0.2 million principal payments on its term loan facility as of the first day of each of August, September and October with the balance due on October 30, 2009.  To avoid any potential bankruptcy of Cunningham, the lenders under Cunningham’s existing credit facility indicated their willingness to replace such credit facility with a new credit facility, which was conditioned upon Cunningham’s demonstration that it can repay the outstanding principal balance due under the facility within three years.  As a result, Cunningham asked us to restructure certain of its arrangements with us, including the LMAs, which negotiations led to the execution of the MOU and consummation of the transactions contemplated therein.

 

In accordance with the terms of the MOU, amendments and/or restatements of the following agreements between Cunningham and us were entered into on October 28, 2009: (i) the LMAs, (ii) option agreements to acquire Cunningham stock and (iii) certain acquisition or merger agreements relating to television stations owned by Cunningham (Cunningham stations).  Such amendments and/or restatements were effective at the expiration of the tender offers for the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes on November 5, 2010.

 

In consideration of the new terms of the LMAs and other agreements and the extension options, beginning on January 1, 2010 and ending on July 1, 2012, we will be obligated to pay Cunningham the sum of approximately $29.1 million in 10 quarterly installments of $2.75 million and one quarterly payment of approximately $1.6 million, which amounts will be used to pay off Cunningham’s bank credit facility and which amounts will be credited toward the purchase price for each Cunningham Station.  An additional $3.9 million will be paid in two installments on July 1, 2012 and October 1, 2012 as an additional LMA fee.  The aggregate purchase price of the television stations, $78.5 million as of December 31, 2009, will be decreased by each payment made by us to Cunningham up to $29.1 million in the aggregate, pursuant to the foregoing transactions with Cunningham as such payments are made.  Beginning on January 1, 2013, we will be obligated to pay Cunningham an annual LMA fee for the television stations equal to the greater of (i) 3% of each station’s annual net broadcast revenue and (ii) $5.0 million.

 

We will continue to reimburse Cunningham for 100% of its operating costs. In addition, we will continue to pay Cunningham a monthly payment of $50,000 through December 2012.  In accordance with the effective date of the abovementioned agreements pursuant to the MOU, the $50,000 monthly payment will no longer reduce the option exercise price.

 

Pursuant to the foregoing transactions between us and Cunningham, Cunningham amended and restated its bank credit facility on October 29, 2009.

 

Cunningham accounts for income taxes and deferred taxes using the separate return method and those amounts are consolidated into our income taxes and deferred taxes, which are also calculated using the separate return method.  For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, Cunningham’s benefit for income taxes was $0.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively.  For the year ended December 31, 2007, Cunningham’s provision for income taxes was $1.1 million.  As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, Cunningham’s deferred tax liabilities were $0.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively.  There were no deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.

 

Atlantic Automotive.  We sold advertising time to and purchased vehicles and related vehicle services from Atlantic Automotive Corporation (Atlantic Automotive), a holding company which owns automobile dealerships and an automobile leasing company.  David D. Smith, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has a controlling interest in, and is a member of the Board of Directors of Atlantic Automotive.  We received payments for advertising totaling $0.3 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  We paid $0.4 million, $0.9 million and $1.1 million for vehicles and related vehicle services from Atlantic Automotive during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Allegiance Capital Limited Partnership.  In August 1999, we made an investment in Allegiance Capital Limited Partnership (Allegiance), a small business investment company.  Our controlling shareholders and our Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer are also investors in Allegiance.  Allegiance Capital Management Corporation (ACMC) is the general partner.  An employee of ours is a non-controlling shareholder of ACMC.  ACMC controls all decision making, investing and management of operations of Allegiance in exchange for a monthly management fee based on actual expenses incurred which currently averages approximately less than $0.1 million and which is paid by the limited partners.  We did not make any contributions into Allegiance during 2009 or 2008. Allegiance did not make any distributions to us during 2009 or 2008.  As of December 31, 2009, our remaining unfunded commitment was $5.3 million.

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

Thomas & Libowitz, P.A.  Basil A. Thomas, a member of our Board of Directors, is the father of Steven A. Thomas, a partner and founder of Thomas & Libowitz, P.A. (Thomas & Libowitz), a law firm providing legal services to us on an ongoing basis.  We paid fees of $1.7 million, $1.0 million and $0.6 million to Thomas & Libowitz during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  During 2007, Steven A. Thomas received, in lieu of cash payment for certain legal fees, an ownership percentage in two of our real estate investments and one of our private equity investments.  The fair value of the three ownership interests was $0.1 million as of the dates the investments were made.

 

Charter Aircraft.  From time to time, we charter aircraft owned by certain controlling shareholders.  We incurred less than $0.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2007, $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 related to these arrangements.

 

Other Leases.  In September 2008, AP Management Company, the management company of Patriot Capital II, L.P., a small business investment company in which we have made investments, entered into a five-year office lease agreement with Skylar Development LLC, a subsidiary of one of our real estate ventures.

 

In October 2009, Bagby’s Bistro, LLC, a company owned by David Smith and one of his sons, entered into a restaurant lease agreement with Skylar Development, LLC (Skylar), a subsidiary of one of our real estate ventures.

 

Other.  One of our controlling shareholders, Frederick Smith, holds an investment in Patriot Capital II, L.P.  Qualified employees, directors and officers have been approved to invest in entities we have an interest in pursuant to the current related person transaction policy.

 

12.       DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:

 

WGGB Disposition

 

On July 31, 2007, we entered into an agreement to sell WGGB-TV, including the FCC license, to an unrelated third party for $21.2 million in cash.  The FCC approved the transfer of the broadcast license and the sale was completed on November 1, 2007.  We recorded $1.1 million, net of $0.5 million tax provision, as gain from discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The net cash proceeds were used in the normal course of operations and for capital expenditures.

 

We reported the historical financial position and results of operations for WGGB-TV in Springfield, Massachusetts, as assets and liabilities held for sale in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations in accordance with FASB guidance on discontinued operations.  Discontinued operations have not been segregated in the consolidated statements of cash flows and, therefore, amounts for certain captions will not agree with the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations.  The operating results of WGGB-TV are not included in our consolidated results from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

13.       (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE:

 

The following table reconciles (loss) income (numerator) and shares (denominator) used in our computations of (loss) earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

(Loss) Income (Numerator)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

$

(137,948

)

$

(248,522

)

$

16,969

 

Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests included in continuing operations

 

2,335

 

2,133

 

(279

)

Numerator for basic and diluted (loss) earnings per common share from continuing operations available to common shareholders

 

(135,613

)

(246,389

)

16,690

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

(81

)

(141

)

2,284

 

Numerator for basic and diluted (loss) earnings available to common shareholders

 

$

(135,694

)

$

(246,530

)

$

18,974

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares (Denominator)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

79,981

 

85,794

 

86,991

 

Dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and restricted stock

 

 

 

101

 

Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding

 

79,981

 

85,794

 

87,092

 

 

We applied the treasury stock method to measure the dilutive effect of our outstanding stock options and included the respective common share equivalents in the denominator of the diluted EPS computation.  Potentially dilutive securities representing 9.9 million, 30.9 million and 32.1 million shares of common stock for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per common share for these periods because their effect would have been antidilutive.  The net (loss) income per share amounts are the same for Class A and Class B Common Stock because the holders of each class are legally entitled to equal per share distributions whether through dividends or in liquidation .

 

14.       SEGMENT DATA:

 

We measure segment performance based on operating income (loss).  Our broadcast segment includes stations in 35 markets located predominately in the eastern, mid-western and southern United States.  Our other operating divisions segment primarily earned revenues from information technology staffing, consulting and software development; transmitter manufacturing; sign design and fabrication; regional security alarm operating and bulk acquisitions; and real estate ventures.  All of our other operating divisions are located within the United States.  Corporate costs primarily include our costs to operate as a public company and to operate our corporate headquarters location.  Corporate is not a reportable segment.  We had approximately $180.0 million and $118.1 million of intercompany loans between the broadcast segment, operating divisions segment and corporate as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  We had $22.9 million, $9.9 million and $2.9 million in intercompany interest expense related to intercompany loans between the broadcast segment, other operating divisions segment and corporate for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  All other intercompany transactions are immaterial.

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

Financial information for our operating segments is included in the following tables for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

 

For the year ended December 31, 2009

 

Broadcast

 

Other
Operating
Divisions

 

Corporate

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

$

612,758

 

$

43,719

 

$

 

$

656,477

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

39,982

 

1,035

 

1,875

 

42,892

 

Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets and other assets

 

20,228

 

2,127

 

 

22,355

 

Amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments

 

73,087

 

 

 

73,087

 

Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets

 

249,556

 

 

243

 

249,799

 

General and administrative overhead expenses

 

8,607

 

1,039

 

15,986

 

25,632

 

Operating loss

 

(86,885

)

(5,969

)

(18,376

)

(111,230

)

Interest expense

 

 

1,472

 

78,549

 

80,021

 

Loss from equity and cost method investments

 

 

354

 

 

354

 

Goodwill

 

656,629

 

3,388

 

 

660,017

 

Assets

 

1,357,826

 

205,449

 

34,446

 

1,597,721

 

Capital expenditures

 

5,724

 

1,927

 

42

 

7,693

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008

 

Broadcast

 

Other
Operating
Divisions

 

Corporate

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

$

699,040

 

$

55,434

 

$

 

$

754,474

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

41,947

 

844

 

1,974

 

44,765

 

Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets and other assets

 

17,063

 

1,277

 

 

18,340

 

Amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments

 

84,422

 

 

 

84,422

 

Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses

 

462,261

 

1,626

 

 

463,887

 

General and administrative overhead expenses

 

7,288

 

1,274

 

17,723

 

26,285

 

Operating loss

 

(258,889

)

(9,456

)

(20,114

)

(288,459

)

Interest expense

 

 

1,025

 

86,609

 

87,634

 

Loss from equity and cost method investments

 

 

(2,703

)

 

(2,703

)

Goodwill

 

820,800

 

3,388

 

 

824,188

 

Assets

 

1,582,325

 

206,759

 

27,323

 

1,816,407

 

Capital expenditures

 

22,830

 

2,282

 

57

 

25,169

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2007

 

Broadcast

 

Other
Operating
Divisions

 

Corporate

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

$

684,433

 

$

33,667

 

$

 

$

718,100

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

40,906

 

241

 

2,000

 

43,147

 

Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets and other assets

 

16,870

 

725

 

 

17,595

 

Amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments

 

96,436

 

 

 

96,436

 

General and administrative overhead expenses

 

6,254

 

761

 

17,319

 

24,334

 

Operating income (loss)

 

179,949

 

(1,083

)

(19,696

)

159,170

 

Interest expense

 

 

532

 

101,696

 

102,228

 

Income from equity and cost method investments

 

 

601

 

 

601

 

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

15.       FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS:

 

Accounting guidance provides for valuation techniques, such as the market approach (comparable market prices), the income approach (present value of future income or cash flow), and the cost approach (cost to replace the service capacity of an asset or replacement cost).  A fair value hierarchy using three broad levels prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  The following is a brief description of those three levels:

 

·                  Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

·                  Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.  These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

 

·                  Level 3: Unobservable inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

 

The carrying value and fair value of our notes, debentures, program contacts payable and non-cancelable commitments as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

Carrying Value

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying Value

 

Fair Value

 

8.0% Notes

 

$

225,488

 

$

220,731

 

$

225,862

 

$

170,744

 

6.0% Debentures

 

122,482

 

111,991

 

119,814

 

54,061

 

4.875% Notes

 

37,016

 

36,091

 

143,519

 

71,760

 

3.0% Notes

 

27,383

 

27,044

 

331,183

 

186,473

 

9.25% Notes

 

486,519

 

518,125

 

 

 

Term Loan B

 

323,551

 

314,306

 

 

 

Cunningham Bank Credit Facility

 

32,900

 

32,900

 

33,500

 

33,500

 

Active program contracts payable

 

140,443

 

124,951

 

172,681

 

148,392

 

Future program liabilities (a)

 

70,038

 

56,202

 

99,274

 

75,044

 

Total fair value

 

$

1,465,820

 

$

1,442,341

 

$

1,125,833

 

$

739,974

 

 


(a)          Future program liabilities reflect a license agreement for program material that is not yet available for its first showing or telecast and is, therefore, not recorded as an asset or liability on our balance sheet.

 

Our notes and debentures payable are fair valued using Level 1 hierarchy inputs described above. Our Term Loan B is fair valued using Level 2 hierarchy inputs described above. The carrying value of Cunningham’s bank credit facility approximates its fair value.

 

Our estimates of active program contracts payable and future program liabilities were based on discounted cash flows using Level 3 inputs described above.  The discount rate represents an estimate of a market participants return and risk applicable to program contracts.

 

F-44



Table of Contents

 

16.       CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

 

Sinclair Television Group, Inc. (STG), a wholly-owned subsidiary and the television operating subsidiary of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. (SBG), was the primary obligor under the Bank Credit Agreement, and the 8.0% Notes as of December 31, 2009.  STG is the primary obligor under the Bank Credit Agreement, the 8.0% Notes and the 9.25% Notes.  Our Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, the 6.0% Debentures, the 4.875% Notes and the 3.0% Notes remain obligations or securities of SBG and are not obligations or securities of STG.  As of December 31, 2009 our consolidated total debt of $1,366.3 million included $1,093.2 million of debt related to STG and its subsidiaries of which SBG guaranteed $823.6 million.

 

SBG, KDSM, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SBG, and STG’s wholly-owned subsidiaries (guarantor subsidiaries), have fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of STG’s obligations.  Those guarantees are joint and several.  There are certain contractual restrictions on the ability of SBG, STG or KDSM, LLC to obtain funds from their subsidiaries in the form of dividends or loans.

 

The following condensed consolidating financial statements present the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows of SBG, STG, KDSM, LLC and the guarantor subsidiaries, the direct and indirect non-guarantor subsidiaries of SBG and the eliminations necessary to arrive at our information on a consolidated basis.  These statements are presented in accordance with the disclosure requirements under SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 3-10.

 

F-45



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair
Broadcast
Group, Inc.

 

Sinclair
Television
Group, Inc.

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries
and KDSM,
LLC

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Sinclair
Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

 

$

10,364

 

$

217

 

$

12,643

 

$

 

$

23,224

 

Restricted cash - current

 

 

27,667

 

 

 

 

27,667

 

Accounts and other receivables

 

232

 

6,014

 

110,733

 

4,045

 

(6,090

)

114,934

 

Other current assets

 

639

 

2,558

 

54,546

 

2,513

 

(283

)

59,973

 

Total current assets

 

871

 

46,603

 

165,496

 

19,201

 

(6,373

)

225,798

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

11,597

 

2,135

 

194,139

 

95,437

 

(7,081

)

296,227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

691,578

 

 

 

(691,578

)

 

Restricted cash — long term

 

 

36,732

 

484

 

 

 

37,216

 

Other long-term assets

 

69,876

 

273,806

 

26,271

 

58,342

 

(295,225

)

133,070

 

Total other long-term assets

 

69,876

 

1,002,116

 

26,755

 

58,342

 

(986,803

)

170,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired intangible assets

 

 

 

838,998

 

57,512

 

8,900

 

905,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

82,344

 

$

1,050,854

 

$

1,225,388

 

$

230,492

 

$

(991,357

)

$

1,597,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

2,887

 

$

20,742

 

$

32,200

 

$

19,373

 

$

(10,933

)

$

64,269

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

28,448

 

 

2,530

 

12,646

 

3

 

43,627

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

 

94,229

 

576

 

 

94,805

 

Total current liabilities

 

31,335

 

20,742

 

128,959

 

32,595

 

(10,930

)

202,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

171,120

 

1,037,467

 

53,192

 

253,138

 

(192,236

)

1,322,681

 

Dividends in excess of investment in consolidated subsidiaries

 

59,402

 

 

 

 

(59,402

)

 

Other liabilities

 

32,437

 

1,979

 

352,567

 

37,147

 

(149,569

)

274,561

 

Total liabilities

 

294,294

 

1,060,188

 

534,718

 

322,880

 

(412,137

)

1,799,943

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

799

 

 

10

 

282

 

(292

)

799

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

605,340

 

279,664

 

670,863

 

41,824

 

(992,351

)

605,340

 

Accumulated (deficit) earnings

 

(813,876

)

(286,414

)

21,904

 

(131,677

)

396,187

 

(813,876

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(4,213

)

(2,584

)

(2,107

)

(2,817

)

7,508

 

(4,213

)

Total Sinclair Broadcast Group shareholders’ (deficit) equity

 

(211,950

)

(9,334

)

690,670

 

(92,388

)

(588,948

)

(211,950

)

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

9,728

 

9,728

 

Total liabilities and equity (deficit)

 

$

82,344

 

$

1,050,854

 

$

1,225,388

 

$

230,492

 

$

(991,357

)

$

1,597,721

 

 

F-46



 

Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair
Broadcast
Group, Inc.

 

Sinclair
Television
Group, Inc.

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries
and KDSM,
LLC

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Sinclair
Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

 

$

9,649

 

$

227

 

$

6,594

 

$

 

$

16,470

 

Accounts and other receivables

 

4,719

 

135

 

100,272

 

9,658

 

(5,009

)

109,775

 

Other current assets

 

741

 

1,419

 

68,728

 

6,827

 

(835

)

76,880

 

Total current assets

 

5,460

 

11,203

 

169,227

 

23,079

 

(5,844

)

203,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

13,676

 

1,565

 

234,851

 

98,013

 

(11,141

)

336,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries

 

574,071

 

976,552

 

 

 

(1,550,623

)

 

Other long-term assets

 

68,422

 

171,238

 

29,632

 

71,433

 

(226,760

)

113,965

 

Total other long-term assets

 

642,493

 

1,147,790

 

29,632

 

71,433

 

(1,777,383

)

113,965

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired intangible assets

 

 

 

1,111,616

 

51,208

 

(471

)

1,162,353

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

661,629

 

$

1,160,558

 

$

1,545,326

 

$

243,733

 

$

(1,794,839

)

$

1,816,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

22,581

 

$

10,297

 

$

39,725

 

$

57,556

 

$

(45,758

)

$

84,401

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

3,550

 

26,250

 

2,479

 

38,462

 

(830

)

69,911

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

 

93,372

 

651

 

 

94,023

 

Total current liabilities

 

26,131

 

36,547

 

135,576

 

96,669

 

(46,588

)

248,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

604,568

 

602,027

 

67,839

 

140,775

 

(122,842

)

1,292,367

 

Other liabilities

 

57,765

 

537

 

364,998

 

4,908

 

(93,803

)

334,405

 

Total liabilities

 

688,464

 

639,111

 

568,413

 

242,352

 

(263,233

)

1,875,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

810

 

 

10

 

761

 

(771

)

810

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

605,865

 

677,142

 

821,336

 

140,694

 

(1,639,172

)

605,865

 

Accumulated (deficit) earnings

 

(633,510

)

(153,568

)

156,935

 

(136,816

)

88,777

 

(678,182

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(2,127

)

(1,368

)

(3,258

)

3,258

 

(3,495

)

Total Sinclair Broadcast Group shareholders’ (deficit) equity

 

(26,835

)

521,447

 

976,913

 

1,381

 

(1,547,908

)

(75,002

)

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

16,302

 

16,302

 

Total liabilities and equity (deficit)

 

$

661,629

 

$

1,160,558

 

$

1,545,326

 

$

243,733

 

$

(1,794,839

)

$

1,816,407

 

 

F-47



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair
Broadcast
Group, Inc.

 

Sinclair
Television
Group, Inc.

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries
and KDSM,
LLC

 

Non-
Guarantor Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Sinclair
Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

 

$

 

$

613,875

 

$

52,278

 

$

(9,676

)

$

656,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Program and production

 

 

721

 

149,528

 

480

 

(8,314

)

142,415

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

16,249

 

8,701

 

119,779

 

4,334

 

(598

)

148,465

 

Depreciation, amortization and other operating expenses

 

17,893

 

541

 

427,559

 

38,250

 

(7,416

)

476,827

 

Total operating expenses

 

34,142

 

9,963

 

696,866

 

43,064

 

(16,328

)

767,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

 

(34,142

)

(9,963

)

(82,991

)

9,214

 

6,652

 

(111,230

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries

 

(101,049

)

(115,681

)

 

 

216,730

 

 

Interest income

 

844

 

21,853

 

 

1,805

 

(24,443

)

59

 

Interest expense

 

(36,454

)

(35,828

)

(5,871

)

(27,346

)

25,478

 

(80,021

)

Other income (expense)

 

32,611

 

23,523

 

(35,233

)

(699

)

530

 

20,732

 

Total other income (expense)

 

(104,048

)

(106,133

)

(41,104

)

(26,240

)

218,295

 

(59,230

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

2,577

 

7,749

 

10,421

 

11,765

 

 

32,512

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

(81

)

 

 

 

 

(81

)

Net (loss) income

 

(135,694

)

(108,347

)

(113,674

)

(5,261

)

224,947

 

(138,029

)

Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

2,335

 

2,335

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

(135,694

)

$

(108,347

)

$

(113,674

)

$

(5,261

)

$

227,282

 

$

(135,694

)

 

F-48



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair
Broadcast
Group, Inc.

 

Sinclair
Television
Group, Inc.

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries
and KDSM,
LLC

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Sinclair
Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

 

$

 

$

701,455

 

$

65,970

 

$

(12,951

)

$

754,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Program and production

 

 

1,002

 

167,043

 

219

 

(9,299

)

158,965

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

18,147

 

6,429

 

133,650

 

4,631

 

(430

)

162,427

 

Depreciation, amortization and other operating expenses

 

1,974

 

582

 

614,451

 

98,822

 

5,712

 

721,541

 

Total operating expenses

 

20,121

 

8,013

 

915,144

 

103,672

 

(4,017

)

1,042,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

(20,121

)

(8,013

)

(213,689

)

(37,702

)

(8,934

)

(288,459

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity (loss) of subsidiaries

 

(187,454

)

(172,429

)

 

 

359,883

 

 

Interest income

 

1,081

 

8,892

 

9

 

1,181

 

(10,420

)

743

 

Interest expense

 

(43,754

)

(34,374

)

(6,885

)

(15,098

)

12,477

 

(87,634

)

Other income (expense)

 

21,174

 

27,134

 

(39,655

)

(1,939

)

(1,248

)

5,466

 

Total other expense

 

(208,953

)

(170,777

)

(46,531

)

(15,856

)

360,692

 

(81,425

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

15,308

 

5,195

 

87,923

 

12,936

 

 

121,362

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

(358

)

 

217

 

 

 

(141

)

Net loss

 

(214,124

)

(173,595

)

(172,080

)

(40,622

)

351,758

 

(248,663

)

Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

2,133

 

2,133

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

(214,124

)

$

(173,595

)

$

(172,080

)

$

(40,622

)

$

353,891

 

$

(246,530

)

 

F-49



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair
Broadcast
Group, Inc.

 

Sinclair
Television
Group, Inc.

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries
and KDSM,
LLC

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Sinclair
Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

 

$

 

$

686,891

 

$

43,057

 

$

(11,848

)

$

718,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Program and production

 

 

1,479

 

155,914

 

 

(8,686

)

148,707

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

17,695

 

5,707

 

137,169

 

4,016

 

(227

)

164,360

 

Depreciation, amortization and other operating expenses

 

2,001

 

372

 

208,805

 

36,905

 

(2,220

)

245,863

 

Total operating expenses

 

19,696

 

7,558

 

501,888

 

40,921

 

(11,133

)

558,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

 

(19,696

)

(7,558

)

185,003

 

2,136

 

(715

)

159,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

 

41,242

 

85,609

 

 

 

(126,851

)

 

Interest income (loss)

 

1,320

 

3,341

 

42

 

78

 

(2,553

)

2,228

 

Interest expense

 

(35,059

)

(57,911

)

(6,333

)

(7,727

)

4,802

 

(102,228

)

Other income (expense)

 

10,342

 

4,958

 

(39,317

)

(797

)

(1,224

)

(26,038

)

Total other income (expense)

 

17,845

 

35,997

 

(45,608

)

(8,446

)

(125,826

)

(126,038

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (provision)

 

16,880

 

20,580

 

(55,721

)

2,098

 

 

(16,163

)

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

1,219

 

 

 

1,219

 

Gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

1,065

 

 

 

1,065

 

Net income (loss)

 

15,029

 

49,019

 

85,958

 

(4,212

)

(126,541

)

19,253

 

Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(279

)

(279

)

Net income (loss) attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

15,029

 

$

49,019

 

$

85,958

 

$

(4,212

)

$

(126,820

)

$

18,974

 

 

F-50



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair
Broadcast
Group, Inc.

 

Sinclair
Television
Group, Inc.

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries
and KDSM,
LLC

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Sinclair
Consolidated

 

NET CASH FLOWS (USED IN) FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

$

(56,248

)

$

(3,833

)

$

171,883

 

$

(1,364

)

$

(5,002

)

$

105,436

 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

(43

)

(1,215

)

(4,508

)

(1,927

)

 

(7,693

)

Purchase of alarm monitoring contracts

 

 

 

 

(12,291

)

 

(12,291

)

Increase in restricted cash

 

 

(64,399

)

(484

)

 

 

(64,883

)

Distributions from investments

 

 

 

 

1,501

 

 

1,501

 

Investments in equity and cost method investees

 

(3,333

)

 

 

(7,268

)

 

(10,601

)

Proceeds from sale of assets

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

126

 

Loans to affiliates

 

(162

)

 

 

 

 

(162

)

Proceeds from loans to affiliates

 

157

 

 

 

 

 

157

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

 

(3,381

)

(65,614

)

(4,866

)

(19,985

)

 

(93,846

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases

 

 

946,184

 

 

34,691

 

 

980,875

 

Repayments of notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases

 

(378,183

)

(536,100

)

(447

)

(16,836

)

 

(931,566

)

Purchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

(5,000

)

 

(5,000

)

Repurchase of Class A Common Stock

 

(1,454

)

 

 

 

 

(1,454

)

Dividends paid on Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

(16,193

)

 

 

 

155

 

(16,038

)

Payments for deferred financing costs

 

 

(28,278

)

 

(537

)

 

(28,815

)

Contributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

26

 

Repayments of notes and capital leases to affiliates

 

(648

)

 

(2,216

)

 

 

(2,864

)

Increase (decrease) in intercompany payables

 

456,107

 

(311,643

)

(164,366

)

15,055

 

4,847

 

 

Net cash flows from (used in) financing activities

 

59,629

 

70,163

 

(167,029

)

27,399

 

5,002

 

(4,836

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

716

 

(12

)

6,050

 

 

6,754

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

 

 

9,649

 

227

 

6,594

 

 

16,470

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

 

$

 

$

10,365

 

$

215

 

$

12,644

 

$

 

$

23,224

 

 

F-51



 

Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair
Broadcast
Group, Inc.

 

Sinclair
Television
Group, Inc.

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries
and KDSM,
LLC

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Sinclair
Consolidated

 

NET CASH FLOWS (USED IN) FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

$

(23,968

)

$

(2,756

)

$

243,780

 

$

(5,058

)

$

(227

)

$

211,771

 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

(57

)

(561

)

(22,269

)

(2,282

)

 

(25,169

)

Consolidation of variable interest entity

 

 

 

 

1,328

 

 

1,328

 

Purchase of alarm monitoring contracts

 

 

 

 

(7,675

)

 

(7,675

)

Payments for acquisition of television stations

 

 

(17,123

)

 

 

 

(17,123

)

Payment for acquisition of other operating divisions companies

 

 

 

 

(53,487

)

 

(53,487

)

Distributions from investments

 

860

 

 

 

715

 

 

1,575

 

Investments in equity and cost method investees

 

(6,244

)

 

 

(35,727

)

 

(41,971

)

Proceeds from the sale of assets

 

3

 

 

196

 

 

 

199

 

Loans to affiliates

 

(178

)

 

 

 

 

(178

)

Proceeds from loans to affiliates

 

179

 

 

 

 

 

179

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

 

(5,437

)

(17,684

)

(22,073

)

(97,128

)

 

(142,322

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases

 

 

257,173

 

 

17,470

 

 

274,643

 

Repayments of notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases

 

(24,778

)

(216,608

)

(207

)

(14,004

)

 

(255,597

)

Repurchase of Class A Common Stock

 

(29,836

)

 

 

 

 

(29,836

)

Dividends paid on Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

(67,128

)

 

 

 

445

 

(66,683

)

Payments for deferred financing costs

 

 

 

 

(524

)

 

(524

)

Proceeds from derivative terminations

 

 

8,001

 

 

 

 

8,001

 

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

(637

)

 

(637

)

Repayments of notes and capital leases to affiliates

 

(722

)

 

(2,604

)

 

 

(3,326

)

Increase (decrease) in intercompany payables

 

151,869

 

(32,955

)

(221,268

)

102,572

 

(218

)

 

Net cash flows from (used in) financing activities

 

29,405

 

15,611

 

(224,079

)

104,877

 

227

 

(73,959

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

(4,829

)

(2,372

)

2,691

 

 

(4,510

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

 

 

14,478

 

2,599

 

3,903

 

 

20,980

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

 

$

 

$

9,649

 

$

227

 

$

6,594

 

$

 

$

16,470

 

 

F-52



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Sinclair
Broadcast
Group, Inc.

 

Sinclair
Television
Group, Inc.

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries
and KDSM,
LLC

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Sinclair
Consolidated

 

NET CASH FLOWS (USED IN) FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

$

(21,093

)

$

(76,865

)

$

205,287

 

$

(1,596

)

$

40,043

 

$

145,776

 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

(176

)

(759

)

(21,855

)

(497

)

464

 

(22,823

)

Payment for acquisition of other operating divisions companies

 

 

 

 

(39,075

)

 

(39,075

)

Distributions from investments

 

583

 

 

 

 

 

583

 

Investments in equity and cost method investees

 

(111

)

 

 

(16,273

)

 

(16,384

)

Proceeds from the sale of assets

 

 

 

693

 

3

 

 

696

 

Proceeds from the sale of broadcast assets related to discontinued operations

 

 

 

21,036

 

 

 

21,036

 

Loans to affiliates

 

(160

)

 

 

 

 

(160

)

Proceeds from loans to affiliates

 

157

 

 

 

 

 

157

 

Net cash flows from (used in) investing activities

 

293

 

(759

)

(126

)

(55,842

)

464

 

(55,970

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases

 

345,000

 

393,000

 

9

 

13,600

 

 

751,609

 

Repayments of notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases

 

(190

)

(835,306

)

(175

)

(4,971

)

 

(840,642

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

13,379

 

 

 

 

 

13,379

 

Dividends paid on Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

(49,973

)

 

 

 

483

 

(49,490

)

Payments for deferred financing costs

 

(6,738

)

(131

)

 

(196

)

 

(7,065

)

Contributions from noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

35

 

Repayments of notes and capital leases to affiliates

 

(1,147

)

 

(2,913

)

 

 

(4,060

)

(Decrease) increase in intercompany payables

 

(279,531

)

472,287

 

(202,271

)

50,505

 

(40,990

)

 

Net cash flows from (used in) financing activities

 

20,800

 

29,850

 

(205,350

)

58,973

 

(40,507

)

(136,234

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

(47,774

)

(189

)

1,535

 

 

(46,428

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

 

 

62,252

 

2,788

 

2,368

 

 

67,408

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

 

$

 

$

14,478

 

$

2,599

 

$

3,903

 

$

 

$

20,980

 

 

F-53



Table of Contents

 

17.       QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED):

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

For the Quarter Ended

 

 

 

03/31/09

 

06/30/09

 

09/30/09

 

12/31/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues, net

 

$

154,738

 

$

158,272

 

$

160,127

 

$

183,340

 

Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets

 

$

130,098

 

$

 

$

243

 

$

119,458

 

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt

 

$

18,986

 

$

 

$

 

$

(521

)

Operating (loss) income

 

$

(106,707

)

$

25,824

 

$

35,733

 

$

(66,080

)

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

$

(87,039

)

$

2,695

 

$

15,855

 

$

(69,459

)

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

 

$

(108

)

$

(109

)

$

245

 

$

(109

)

Net (loss) income attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

(85,655

)

$

2,783

 

$

14,938

 

$

(67,760

)

Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per common share from continuing operations attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

(1.06

)

$

0.04

 

$

0.18

 

$

(0.85

)

Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per common share attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

(1.06

)

$

0.04

 

$

0.19

 

$

(0.85

)

 

 

 

For the Quarter Ended

 

 

 

03/31/08

 

06/30/08

 

09/30/08

 

12/31/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues, net

 

$

186,657

 

$

193,615

 

$

178,191

 

$

196,011

 

Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets

 

$

 

$

1,626

 

$

 

$

462,261

 

(Loss) gain on extinguishment of debt

 

$

(286

)

$

 

$

432

 

$

5,305

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

46,218

 

$

43,312

 

$

37,402

 

$

(415,391

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

15,086

 

$

11,058

 

$

9,237

 

$

(283,903

)

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

 

$

(131

)

$

178

 

$

(38

)

$

(150

)

Net income (loss) attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

14,950

 

$

11,821

 

$

10,190

 

$

(283,491

)

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.12

 

$

(3.46

)

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.12

 

$

(3.46

)

 

F-54



Table of Contents

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

INDEX TO SCHEDULES

 

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

S-2

 

All schedules except the one listed above are omitted as not applicable or not required or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

S-1



Table of Contents

 

SCHEDULE II

 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP, INC.

VALUATION ALLOWANCES

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2008 AND 2009

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Balance at
beginning of
period

 

Charges to
Cost and
Expenses

 

Charges to
other
Accounts

 

Deductions

 

Balance at
end of period

 

Year ended December 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

3,985

 

$

1,749

 

$

 

$

1,852

 

$

3,882

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

3,882

 

1,191

 

 

1,746

 

3,327

 

Note receivable reserve

 

 

3,882

 

 

 

3,882

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

3,327

 

1,381

 

 

1,776

 

2,932

 

Note receivable reserve

 

3,882

 

 

 

 

3,882

 

 

S-2